answers to wjec gcse mastering mathematics intermediate
TRANSCRIPT
Answers to WJEC GCSE Mastering Mathematics Intermediate
Number Strand 2 Using our number Algebra Strand 2 Sequences system Unit 3 Linear sequences 89 Unit 5 Using the number system Unit 4 Special sequences 95 effec tively 1 Unit 5 Quadratic sequences 101 Unit 6 Understand ing sta ndard form 6 Unit 6 nth term of a quadratic Unit 7 Calculating with standard form 10 sequence 105 Number Strand 3 Accuracy Algebra Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 5 Approxima ting 12 Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linea r func tions 107 Unit 6 Signific anc e 16 Unit 3 The eq ua tion of a stra ight line 118 Unit 7 Limits of ac c urac y 21 Unit 4 Plotting quadra tic and c ub ic g raphs 125 Number Strand 4 Fractions Unit 5 Find ing equa tions of stra ight lines 135 Unit 6 Divid ing frac tions 25 Unit 6 Perpend ic ula r lines 142 Number Strand 5 Percentages Algebra Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 4 App lying perc enta ge inc reases Unit 1 Trial and improvement 146 and dec reases to amounts 30 Unit 2 Linear inequalities 148 Unit 5 Find ing the perc entage c hange Unit 3 Solving pairs of equations by from one amount to another 34 substitution 152 Unit 6 Reverse perc entages 38 Unit 4 Solving simultaneous equations by Unit 7 Repea ted perc entage inc rease/ elimination 154 dec rease 40 Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations 157 Number Strand 6 Ratio and proportion Unit 2 Sharing in a given ratio 42 Algebra Strand 5 Working with Unit 3 Working with proportional quadratics quantities 46 Unit 1 Fac torising quadra tic s 166 Unit 2 Solving equa tions by fac torising 170 Number Strand 7 Number properties Unit 4 Index notation 50 Geometry and Measures Strand 1 Units Unit 5 Prime factorisation 53 and scales Unit 6 Rules of indices 57 Unit 7 Converting approximately Unit 7 Frac tiona l ind ic es 61 between metric and imperial units 172 Unit 8 Bearings 174 Algebra Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 9 Scale drawing 178 Unit 4 Working with formulae 65 Unit 10 Compound units 183 Unit 5 Setting up and solving simple Unit 11 Dimensions of formulae 187 equations 69 Unit 12 Working with compound units 189 Unit 6 Using brackets 73 Unit 7 Working with more complex Geometry and Measures Strand 2 equations 79 Properties of shapes Unit 8 Solving equations with brackets 81 Unit 5 Angles in triangles and Unit 9 Simplifying harder expressions 83 quadrilaterals 191 Unit 10 Using complex formulae 86 Unit 6 Types of quadrilateral 193 Unit 7 Angles and parallel lines 198 Unit 8 Angles in a polygon 202 Unit 9 Congruent triangles and proof 206 Unit 10 Proof using similar and congruent triangles 211 Unit 11 Circle theorems 215
Answers to WJEC GCSE Mastering Mathematics Intermediate Geometry and Measures Strand 3 Statistics and Probability Strand 1
Measuring shapes Statistical measures Unit 4 Area of circles 219 Unit 4 Using grouped freq uenc y tab les 295 Unit 5 Pythagoras’ theorem 223 Unit 5 Inter-qua rtile range 301 Geometry and Measures Strand 4 Statistics and Probability Strand 2
Construction Statistical diagrams Unit 3 Constructions with a pair of Unit 3 Pie charts 307 compasses 226 Unit 4 Displaying grouped data 313 Unit 4 Loci 234 Unit 5 Scatter diagrams 321 Unit 6 Using lines of best fit 328 Geometry and Measures Strand 5
Transformations Statistics and Probability Strand 3 Unit 3 Transla tion 242 Collecting data Unit 4 Reflec tion 246 Unit 2 Designing questionnaires 334 Unit 5 Rota tion 251 Unit 6 Enla rgement 256 Statistics and Probability Strand 4 Unit 7 Simila rity 262 Probability Unit 8 Trigonometry 264 Unit 2 Single event probability 338 Unit 3 Combined events 343 Geometry and Measures Strand 6 Unit 4 Estimating probability 350
Three-dimensional shapes Unit 5 The multiplication rule 353 Unit 3 Volume and surfac e a rea of Unit 6 The addition rule and Venn diagram c uboids 270 notation 359 Unit 4 2D rep resenta tions of 3D shapes 274 Unit 5 Prisms 281 Unit 6 Enla rgement in two and three d imensions 285 Unit 7 Construc ting p lans and eleva tions 289
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 20151
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 6–7)1 a i 7 000 000
ii 700 000iii 70 000iv 7000v 700vi 70vii 7
b i 2 468 000ii 246 800iii 24 680iv 2468v 246.8vi 24.68vii 2.468
c more; less2 a i 8
ii 80iii 800iv 8000v 80 000vi 800 000vii 8 000 000
b i 6.5ii 65iii 650iv 6500v 65 000vi 650 000vii 6 500 000
c less; more3 a 4
b 60c 0.9d 0.84e 1250f 9930g 62h 51.7
2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 1 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Using our number system Unit 5 Using the number system effectively Band e
2
4 a 0.006b 5c 80d 1.45e 24 690f 6130g 3200h 200 000
5 a 0.2259b 0.638c 0.008d 0.0004e 584f 700g 24 900h 81.5
6 a 60b 1.3c 4700d 5290e 0.08f 7650g 500h 0.46
7 a 18 000b 0.023c 691d 70e 0.5f 3200g 0.001 64h 58 990
8 a 600b 0.122c 7d 1.8e 9f 0.0746g 4522.8h 0.003 607 8
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 2 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Using our number system Unit 5 Using the number system effectively Band e
3
Developing fl uency (page 7)1 a £8.60
b 8.60 × 10 = £86c 8.60 × 0.1 = £0.86
2 a 30b 3 ÷ 0.1 = 30
3 a 1.7b 0.265c 7.9d 0.1251e 7f 65g 1124h 7000Order is: 0.1251, 0.265, 1.7, 7, 7.9, 65, 1124, 7000
4 1 correct2 correct answer is 23 correct answer is 254 correct5 correct6 correct answer is 112 1007 correct answer is 0.068 correct answer is 20.4
5 a 10b 0.1c 0.01d 100e 0.1f 0.01
6 a 100b 0.1c 0.001d 0.1e 100f 0.1
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 3 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Using our number system Unit 5 Using the number system effectively Band e
4
Problem solving (pages 8–9)1 a Divide by 100
Divide by 0.01 Multiply by 100
Multiply by 0.01
b Multiply by 0.001
Multiply by 1000 Divide by 0.001
Divide by 1000
c Divide by 0.0001
Divide by 10 000 Multiply by 0.0001
Multiply by 10 000
2 a 81 × 16 = 1296
162 × 8 = 1296
27 × 48 = 1296
324 × 4 =1296
54 × 24 = 1296
9 × 144 = 1296
648 × 2 = 1296
108 × 12 = 1296
18 × 72 = 1296
3 × 432 = 1296
1296 × 1 = 1296
216 × 6 = 1296
36 × 36 = 1296
6 × 216 = 1296
1 × 1296 = 1296
b You start to get decimals in the calculations, e.g. 2592 × 0.5 is the leftmost box.c They are square numbers, the first number is divisible by 3 and the second is divisible by 2.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 4 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Using our number system Unit 5 Using the number system effectively Band e
5
Reviewing skills (page 9)1 a 0.82
b 13c 0.04d 0.008e 0.063f 0.009g 0.201h 0.0007
2 a 28b 3000c 80d 200e 6000f 0.4g 1 000 000h 10
3 10 000
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 5 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
6
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 11–12)1 a i 5.12 × 103
ii 5.12 × 102
iii 5.12 × 101
iv 5.12 × 10−1
v 5.12 × 10−3
vi 5.12 × 10−4
b 5.12 × 100
2 a 500b 80 000c 2600d 190 000e 8170f 90 500g 74 000 000h 10 040
3 a 6 × 102
b 7 × 104
c 8.9 × 103
d 8.16 × 102
e 1.33 × 105
f 4 × 106
g 9.5 × 107
h 4 × 109
4 a 0.068b 0.005c 0.0299d 0.0007e 0.104f 0.000 086g 0.000 005h 0.032 27
5 a 6.9 × 10−1
b 5.2 × 10−2
c 1.14 × 10−2
d 7 × 10−4
e 3.8 × 10−3
f 6 × 10−6
g 9.55 × 10−1
h 9 × 10−5
2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 6 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Using our number system Unit 6 Understanding standard form Band h
7
Developing fl uency (page 12)1 1600, 0.8 × 103, 9 × 1003
2 a 6 × 104
b 1.08 × 105
c 1.5 × 108
d 3 × 10−3
e 2.6 × 10−6
3 a 9000, nine thousandb 2100, two thousand one hundredc 680, six hundred and eightyd 922, nine hundred and twenty twoe 10 800, ten thousand eight hundredf 70, seventyg 0.7, seven tenthsh 0.03, three hundredths
4 a 6 × 103
b 7.4 × 10c 8.1 × 102
d 2.015 × 103
e 4 × 10−1
f 3 × 10−2
g 2.24 × 10−6
h 5.108 × 106
i 6.78 × 107
j 2.3 × 107
k 4 × 109
l 7.001 × 10−9
5 7.95 × 102, 7.09 × 103, 7100, 6.8 × 104, 9 × 104
6 0.04, 3.9 × 10−2, 3.82 × 10−2, 2.2 × 10−3, 2 × 10−3
7 a �
b �
c =d �
e �
f �
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 7 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Using our number system Unit 6 Understanding standard form Band h
8
Problem solving (page 13)1 Venus, Mars, Mercury, Sun, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune2 5 (questions, 3, 4, 6, 8 and 10)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 8 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Using our number system Unit 6 Understanding standard form Band h
9
Reviewing skills (page 13)1 a 200 800
b 2 450 000c 7 803 000 000d 645 000 000e 0.9f 0.000 000 207g 0.006 145h 0.1007
2 a 2.025 × 104
b 2.3 × 107
c 6.547 × 102
d 2.562 487 × 104
e 3 × 10−1
f 7 × 10−2
g 2.04 × 10−3
h 9.9 × 10−2
3 a 7 × 109
b 8 × 10−3
4 b 3.2 × 106
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 9 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201510
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (pages 15–16)1 a 7.8 × 105
b 1.7 × 10−2
c 8.7 × 103
d 8.4 × 103
e 4 × 10−3
f 3.1 × 10−2
2 a 1.18 × 106
b 7.66 × 105
c 5.32 × 106
d 2.6 × 105
e 6.74 × 106
f 3.88 × 10−1
3 a 6 × 1012
b 8 × 108
c 1 × 108
d 9 × 102
e 1 × 10−1
f 6.3 × 104 a 3 × 102
b 2 × 10 or 2 × 101, although first is better. c 3 × 102
d 1.5 × 104
e 5 × 10f 2.5 × 10−3
5 a 5.99 × 105 to 6.01 × 104
b 6.01 × 10−3 to 5.99 × 10–2
c 7.11 × 102 to 7.09 × 103
d 7.09 × 10−6 to 7.11 × 10–7
6 If the numbers multiplied together give a result greater than 10, then will need to add an additional 1 to the index.
Developing fl uency (pages 16–17)1 a 3.604 × 102
b 2.804 × 102
c 1.28 × 102
d 8.01 × 102
2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 10 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Using our number system Unit 7 Calculating with standard form Band h
11
2 9 × 1015
3 a Jupiter, Saturn, Earth, Mercuryb 3.17 × 103
c 5.76 × 103
d 1.82 × 104 a 2.33 × 1018
b 1.07 × 10c 2.33 × 1018 (NB this is the same as a)
5 7 × 1021
Problem solving (pages 17–18)1 Yes, total mass = 5.424 × 105 kg2 a 6.25 × 107
b 13.6 cm3 a 1 × 10−4 m
b 1.783 × 10−2 kg4 a 18 seconds
b 1 km. The time taken for the light to travel this distance is assumed to be zero.5 Australia has the greatest area of land/person. UK has the least.
Country Area (in km2) Population Area (in km2) per person
Australia 7.7 × 106 2.2 × 107 0.350
Brazil 8.5 × 106 2.0 × 108 0.043
China 9.6 × 106 1.4 × 109 0.007
Germany 3.6 × 105 8.3 × 107 0.0043
UK 2.4 × 105 6.4 × 107 0.0038
USA 9.8 × 106 3.2 × 108 0.031
6 327.06 (330 – 2.94) metres
Reviewing skills (page 19)1 a 9.29 × 104
b i 84 800ii 8400iii 300
c 84 800 + 8400 − 300 = 9290 = 9.29 × 104
2 a 9 × 1012
b 3.2 × 10−7
c 2.6 × 106
d 2 × 10−3
e 1.52 × 102
f 3.8 × 103
3 c 3.004 × 10–26 kg
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 11 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
12
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 22–23)1 a true
b falsec falsed truee truef false
2 a 90b 800c 1500d 15e 900f 11 000
3 a iiib iic iii
4 a, c, f5 No, she does not have enough money.6 a, d, f
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 12 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 5 Approximating Band g
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201513
Developing fl uency (pages 23–24)1 a 1000
b 70c 3600d 1600e 1000f 121
2 a iii, 5002 = 250 000b iv, 70 × 7 = 490c i, 42 + 33 = 43
3 £10004 £3605 50 mph6 £20007 4 months8 a wrong
b rightc wrong
9 a 100 timesb 4 timesc 400 times
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 13 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 5 Approximating Band g
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201514
Problem solving (pages 24–26)1 a Less; normal pay ≈ £200, overtime ≈ £50, Sunday ≈ £39
b Yes; ≈ £12 000 wages + ≈ £2000 holiday pay2 a 0.25 seconds
b 9000 pots × 30 hours = 270 000 pots in a week. 270 000 ÷ 100 pots/carton = 2700 cartons
3 a Yes, with about £3 to spareb ≈ £2 or £3
4 Catch the 08:20 train from London, the 09:00 does not allow for any delay.Catch the 18:12 train from Stoke, the 17:50 does not allow for any delay. Leave home at about 8 a.m., arrive back at about 8 p.m. (12 hours).
5 £15 to £166 5 tins
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 14 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 5 Approximating Band g
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201515
Reviewing skills (page 26)1 a ≈ 1000
b ≈ 20c ≈ 1600
2 a ib iv
3 a ≈ 280b ≈ 3850c ≈ 6750
4 ≈ £46.80
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 15 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
16
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (page 28)1 a 2
b 4c 1d 2e 3f 3g 4h 5
2 a 30b 50c 400d 900e 7000f 20 000g 20h 60i 0.9j 0.7k 0.02l 0.02
3 a 870b 920c 620d 710e 700f 3300g 5100h 19 000i 73 000j 8000k 0.64l 0.60
4 a 400 000b 380 000c 384 000d 384 000e 384 030
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 16 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 6 Signifi cance Band f
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201517
5 a 8b 8.0c 8.00d 8.000e 8.0000
6 a 0.008b 0.0081c 0.008 11d 0.008 106e 0.008 106 0
7 a 20b 0.60c 71000d 4e 6.51f 27.00
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 17 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 6 Signifi cance Band f
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201518
Developing fl uency (page 29)1 Number Round to 1
significant figureRound to 2
significant figures
a 742 700 740
b 628 600 630
c 199 200 200
d 4521 5000 4500
e 3419 3000 3400
f 8926 9000 8900
g 8974 9000 9000
h 36 294 40 000 36 000
i 0.2583 0.3 0.26
j 0.079 61 0.08 0.080
k 0.000 3972 0.0004 0.000 40
l 0.001 023 0.001 0.0010
2 a 20b 10c 51d 0.048e 17 600 000f 100g 300h 1.01i 677
3 a 0.2b 0.48
4 a trueb truec falsed false
5 a Ada and Cain, Ben and Dewib Ada, Ben and Cainc Ben and Cain
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 18 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 6 Signifi cance Band f
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201519
Problem solving (page 30)1 Ami. Ifor has rounded down instead of up, Milly thinks that the zero is not significant and Iwan has changed the size
of the number.2 a C = 24 cm
b C = 24.8 cmc C = 25.12 cmd C = 25.136 cm
3 a £590b £591.80c Real value is £587.475. Therefore, to 1 significant figure, a is more accurate. It is also easier.
4 a 0.004 cmb Measure the height of a number of the same book stacked in a pile or use a more accurate measuring device.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 19 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 6 Signifi cance Band f
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201520
Reviewing skills (page 31)1 a 1
b 0.01c 1000d 1 000 000
2 a 6.4b 20c 0.0052d 0.010
3 a 0.3068c 515 300d 2.0
4 a 30 000
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 20 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
21
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (page 33)1 a 79.5, 80.5
b 75, 85c 299.5, 300.5d 250, 350
2 a 4999.5 m, 5005.5 m.b 4995 m, 5005 mc 4950 m, 5050 md 4500 m, 5500 m
3 a 595 m, 605 mb 597.5 m, 602.5 mc 550, 650d 575, 625
4 5.5 � m � 6.55 8.5 � l � 9.56 a 2.5, 3.5
b 55, 65c 0.35, 0.45d 0.065, 0.075
7 a 23.5, 24.5b 355, 365c 0.825, 0.835d 0.0185, 0.0195
8 Number Lower limit Upper limit
a 4 3.5 4.5
b 70 65 75
c 600 595 605
d 0.3 0.25 0.35
e 0.06 0.055 0.065
f 80 km 75 km 85 km
g 68 mg 67.5 mg 68.5 mg
h 0.032 0.0315 0.0325
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 21 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 7 Limits of accuracy Band g
22
Developing fl uency (page 34)1 1475 ml � V � 1525 ml2 52.5 km3 182.25 cm2 � A � 210.25 cm2
4 No. The minimum in one bag is 245 g. If all 3 bags are at the lower limit she will only have 735 g.5 225 m � p � 255 m, 2812.5 m2 � A � 3612.5 m2
6 iii, all the others are to the nearest 5, iii is to the nearest 10.7 a n = 680+/−5
b 675 � n � 685c 685 and 675d 10
Problem solving (page 35)1 6 (Max = 652 members)2 No, only 8 per page.3 a If each person’s mass is given to the nearest kg, their total mass could be 652 kg.
b 80 kg each4 48
Reviewing skills (page 36)1 a 39.5, 40.5 ml
b 35, 45 mlc 650, 750 kgd 695, 705 kg
2 c 625 and 6753 315 g � m � 325 g4 a 850 cm, 950 cm
b 1500 km, 2500 kmc 0.15 g, 0.25 gd 0.0045 m, 0.0055 m
5 a 7050 m, 7150 mb 48.5 cm, 49.5 cmc 515 mm, 525 mmd 0.00275 km, 0.002 85 km
6 Lowest limit of a side is 19.5 cm. If each side is the lowest limit the perimeter will be 78 cm and the ribbon would be too short.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 22 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
23
Unit 8 Answers
Practising skills (page 39)1 a 3.5 b 3.55 c 3.555 d 7.5415 e 12.000 052 a 6.5 kg and 7.5 kg b 6.5 m and 7.5 m c 6.5 litres and 7.5 litres3 a 52.5 cm and 53.5 cm b 52.95 cm and 53.05 cm c 5.25 cm and 5.35 cm4 a 14.5 kg and 15.5 kg b 15.65 kg and 15.75 kg c 15.355 kg and 15.365 kg5 149.9875 kg and 150.0125 kg
Developing fl uency (page 40)1 0.55 cm2 1384.25 cm2 and 1304.25 cm2
3 a 193.375 and 390.625 b 245.700 (245.699 875) and 258.400 (258.400 125)4 a 5048.125 m2 and 4987.125 m2
b It is correct to 2 significant figures5 61.7π and 61.9π6 a 6378.136 995 km and 6378.137 005 km b 40 075.016 654 km and 40 075.016 717 km7 The upper bound implies that the value is less that that upper bound, not less than or equal to.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 23 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Accuracy Unit 8 Upper and lower bounds Band i
24
Problem solving (pages 41–42)1 Each of the boxes has a height of 25 cm to the nearest centimetre. This means that the upper bound for
the height is 25.5 cm. 4 × 25.5 cm = 102 cm = 1.02 m. This is 2 cm more than the height available and so the boxes may not fit.
2 The piece of wood is 80 cm long to the nearest 2 cm and so the longest the shelf can be is 81 cm. Therefore the maximum length the space can be is 1 cm.
3 a 8.5 cm and 9.5 cm, 5.5 cm and 6.5 cm, 18.5 cm and 19.5 cm b She can definitely do this.4 205.56 cm � A � 211.69 cm (to 2 decimal places)5 a 0.5 / (25.5/60/60) = 70.59 mph = 71 mph to 1 d.p.
b Lower bound of Viv’s speed = ×0.49525.75 3600 = 69.2 mph
6 8.5074 m/s � speed � −8.5867 m/s7 a upper bound = 53.1, lower bound = 48.7 b 50 (1 significant figure)8 Malcolm is definitely wrong. Lower bound = 325.1 ml, upper bound = 339 ml
Reviewing skills (page 42)1 No. the upper bound of the combined masses is 452 kg and the lower bound of the lift’s limit is 450 kg.2 166 CDs3 Upper bound 490.25 cm2. Lower bound 446.25 cm2.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 24 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
4
25
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 45–46)1 a 7
b 75
c 120
d 23
e 821
f 629
g 831
h 956
2 a 110
b 112
c 320
d 15
e 754
f 940
g 140
h 1100
3 a 6b 8c 15d 3e 81
3f 8g 72h 72
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 25 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 4 Fractions Unit 6 Dividing fractions Band f
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201526
4 a 49
b 512
c 49
d 821
e 23
f 1516
g 14
h 4
5 a 512
b 423
c 1 111
d 11315
e 57
f 11213
g 32327
h 1556
6 a 521
b 427
c 2110
d 57
e 548
f 940
g 152
h 314
i 2 27
j 1633
k 514
l 218
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 26 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 4 Fractions Unit 6 Dividing fractions Band f
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201527
Developing fl uency (pages 46)1 7
24
2 16
3 a falseb truec false
4 × 1
423
15
120
215
56
524
59
5 a 445
m
b 22 110
m
6 a 2930
b 18
c 3
d 125
7 35 miles per hour
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 27 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 4 Fractions Unit 6 Dividing fractions Band f
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201528
Problem solving (pages 47–48)1 5 children2 No, can make 96 pieces3 a No, only 33 glasses
b 17
c 17
4 ₤ 6.03
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 28 13/04/16 10:49 AM
Strand 4 Fractions Unit 6 Dividing fractions Band f
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201529
Reviewing skills (page 48)1 a 1
8
b 43
c 37
d 59
2 a 716
b 112
c 24
d 1823
3 a 910
b 415
c 13
d 21132
4 19 g/cm3
5 a 542
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 29 13/04/16 10:49 AM
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201530
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (page 53)1 a £7
b £77c £63
2 a 9 kgb 27 kgc 9 kg
3 a £18b £16.20c £5.85
4 a £52b £41.60c £11.96
5 a reduction = £17, price = £51b reduction = £61, price = £183c reduction = £4.75, price = £14.25
6 a 33b 28c 24d 120e 42f 102g 30h 30i 220
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 30 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Percentages Unit 4 Applying percentage increases and decreases to amounts Band f
31
Developing fl uency (pages 54–55)1 A (124 raised by 25%) and F (620 decreased by 75%)
B (220 decreased by 30%) and D (110 increased by 40%)C (750 reduced by 80%) and H (75 increased by 100%)E (130 increased by 20%) and G (390 reduced by 60%)
2 £61.953 a 60 bars
b 75 lollipopsc 200 chews
4 £82805 £190 5506 £322.247 1.38 litres8 150 g reduced by 4%, 224 g reduced by 35.5%, 141 g increased by 2.5%, 245 g reduced by 41%, 115 g increased by
26%, 140 g increased by 6%9 £115.20
10 a £722.40b £1404.32c £191.52d £834.90
11 Elen, by £1.13
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 31 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Percentages Unit 4 Applying percentage increases and decreases to amounts Band f
32
Problem solving (pages 55–57)1 a £20 000
b £15 000c 25% of £20 000 is more than 25% of £16 000, so the final salary is less than the original.
2 1.6% profit3 £10 8004 a Car C
b £14 0855 £1506 a 13 000 €
b 15% of (12 500 – 3000) = 1425 €c 15% of 10 000 + 50% of (45 850 – 13 000) = 1500 + 16 425 = 17 925 €
7 a 250 550 – (250 550 × 0.86 × 0.86) = 65 243 Rubles depreciation (to the nearest Ruble.)b Dimitri pays 100 000 + (23 × 7000) = 261 000 Rubles. The value of the car in 2 years’ time is
(250 500 × 0.86 × 0.86) = 185 307 Rubles (to the nearest Ruble). Therefore Dimitri makes a loss of 261 000 – 185 307 = 75 693 Rubles.
8 1.19 × 0.83 = 0.9877. So Carys would pay 0.99 € per litre (to the nearest cent).9 a £507.19 (to the nearest penny)
b Mr Evans spent £315 in total on insulting his house but he has only saved £285.30 over the two years. He has not yet recouped the cost of his outlay.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 32 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Percentages Unit 4 Applying percentage increases and decreases to amounts Band f
33
Reviewing skills (page 57)1 a £16
b £96c £64
2 a reduction £6, price £24b reduction £19.80, price £79.20c reduction £11.10, price £44.40
3 a 126b 216c 145.50
4 £1152
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 33 13/04/16 10:49 AM
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201534
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 59–60)1 a 30%
b 55%c 25%d 40%e 32%f 28%g 50%h 88.8%
2 a 7%b 90%c 20%d 4%e 15%f 14%g 30%h 17%i 16%
3 Item Cost price Selling price Profit Percentage profit
a Saw £12 £21 £9 75%
b Hammer £10 £17 £7 70%
c Plane £20 £32 £12 60%
d Spanner set £35 £56 £21 60%
4 Item Cost price Selling price Loss Percentage loss
a Book £10 £2 £8 80%
b Saucepan £25 £22 £3 12%
c Dinner set £200 £184 £16 8%
d Armchair £70 £63 £7 10%
e Bicycle £120 £84 £36 30%
f Cushion £2 96p £1.04 52%
5 a 60 mlb 8%
6 a 6b 20%
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 34 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Percentages Unit 5 Finding the percentage change from one amount to another Band g
35
Developing fl uency (pages 60–61)1 20%2 24%3 25%4 4%5 15%6 10%7 60%8 a 23.3% increase
b 38.5% decreasec 35.1% increased 28.9% decreasee 7.9% increasef 71.9% increaseg 58.1% decreaseh 266.7% increasei 2.1% decrease
9 Garth’s calf10 Glenda’s house11 50%
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 35 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Percentages Unit 5 Finding the percentage change from one amount to another Band g
36
Problem solving (pages 61–63)1 15% saving with wall insulation, 20% saving with loft insulation2 a 283%
b Motorways 550% (1961−1971); 100% (71−81); 19.2% (81−91); 12.9%(1991−2001); 2.9% (2001−11); increase is reducingOther roads 3.5%; 5.2%; 5.3%; 8.9%; 0.3% respectively; increasing up to 2001
3 8%4 163% increase, so the headline may be a little exaggerated5 a from 2009 to 2010
b 23.9%6 increase by 11.6%7 a 12.6% increase at Brands Hatch
b 11.2% decrease at Silverstone8 Raffi borrows £150 000. The payments he makes (excluding the deposit) cost (1000 × 12 × 25) = £300 000.
The difference in these is 300 000 – 150 000 = 150 000. 150 000150 000 = 1 = 100%, so Raffi is paying back 100% of the amount he borrowed in interest.
9 a The overall cost with Reef bank is 36 000 + (855 × 12 × 20) = 241 200. The overall cost with Rhudd building society is 27 000 + (925 × 12 × 20) = 249 000. Therefore Marged is better off with Reef bank.
b Marged borrows £180 000. With Reef bank she will be paying back £205 200. 205 200 – 180 000 = 25 200.
25 200180 000 = 0.14 = 14%. So Marged will pay back 14% of the amount she borrowed in interest.
10 a 8.50 × 10 = £85b 85 – 50 = 35
3550 = 0.7 = 70%. Therefore Rita pays back an extra 70% of the amount that she borrowed in interest.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 36 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Percentages Unit 5 Finding the percentage change from one amount to another Band g
37
Reviewing skills (page 64)1 a 10%
b 75%c 60%d 80%
2 a 25%b 24%c 42%d 11.2%
3 Item Cost price Selling price Profit Percentage profit
a Dress £80 £84 £4 5%
b Pencil 80p £1.08 28p 35%
c Dressing gown £120 £84 −£36 or £36 loss 30% loss
d Notebook £2 96p −£1.04 or £1.04 loss 52% loss
4 a 3% loss b car B (A = 2% gain B = 4.9% loss C = 4.8% loss)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 37 13/04/16 10:49 AM
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201538
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (page 66)1 £402 £153 £304 a £115
b £235 a 70 cm
b 128 mc 450 kmd 5 me 850 km
6 a £230b £173.91c £226.09; no because compound interest is not just adding two percentages together.
Developing fl uency (pages 66–67)1 a £70
b £120c £60d £20
2 a £80b £18c £175d £1250
3 900 ml4 40 hours5 £94006 £180 0007 £448 319 pages9 3640 miles
10 £140
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 38 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Percentages Unit 6 Reverse percentages Band h
39
Problem solving (pages 68–69)1 £12.50 each2 £72003 €504 He bid £800.5 Total cut is 7.1%.6 4607 12 years8 10% lower than the average.
Reviewing skills (page 69)1 a £62 a 140 cm on his 13th birthday
b He grew 7 cm.3 a 240
b 364 £22
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 39 13/04/16 10:49 AM
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201540
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (pages 71–72)1 a 6600
b 7260c 7986d 33.1%
2 a £7986b 33.1%c The increase is compound and is therefore being applied to an increasingly large amount.
3 a 4000b 3200c 2560d 51.2% of original value
4 a £2560b 48.8% decreasec 2 more years
5 % change Decimal multiplier
20% increase 1.2
60% decrease 0.4
12% increase 1.12
12% decrease 0.88
150% increase 1.5
6 a 300, 180, 162b 19%c 162d They are the same calculation expressed as a percentage and a decimal multiplier.
Developing fl uency (pages 72–73)1 a £30
b £530c £31.80
2 a i £100ii £1000iii £52.50
b i £102.50ii £1221.02iii £54.36
3 a 40%b 16%c 6.4%d 2.56%e 1.024%
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 40 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Percentages Unit 7 Repeated percentage increase/decrease Band h
41
4 a i £2400ii £600
b i £2400 × 0.8 = £1920ii 7 more years (9 years from purchase)
5 3586 a £92 220
b £97 753.20c 2005
7 a 69.57%b (1 × 0.93)10 = 0.484 × 100 = 48.4%c 2.66%d 0.007%
8 a £690.79b £2203.52c £68 146.10
9 15 km and 12 km
Problem solving (pages 73–75)1 They are both wrong, the reduction equates to 44%.2 a 37 869 822
b 33 366 9383 Decreased by 3.2%.4 Yes, £4 485 000 in two years.5 The Friendly Bank gives £13 more interest.6 The decrease was applied to a higher price so the reduced price was slightly higher than the original.7 17.6 m3
8 Andy (£1610.95) better than Tina (£1607.73).9 No, it has increased by 23.2%.
10 a Year Principal Interest Amount at end of year
1 £800 £64 £864
2 £864 £69.12 £933.12
3 £933.12 £74.65 £1007.77
b 1007.77 = 800 × (1+ 8
100)3
c It applies the interest as a compound rate. d i £1292.97
ii £757.49iii £119.07
Reviewing skills (page 75)1 a Simple interest = £5280, compound interest = £5948.07
b Simple interest = £28 800, compound interest = £50 540.362 a £6800
b £55083 No, after 3 months his weight will be 17.33 stones.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 41 13/04/16 10:49 AM
6
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201542
Unit 2 Answers
Practising skills (pages 78–79)1 a 3
b £12c £12d £24e £36
2 a 9b 5c 10d 35e 45
3 a 6 b 80 mlc 80 mld 400 mle 320 ml
4 a £24, £36b £80, £16c 60, 100d 98 ml, 28 ml
5 a 310
b 710
c 213
6 a £54 and £36b £15 and £105c 125 and 100d 280 m, 120 m and 80 m
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 42 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Ratio and proportion Unit 2 Sharing in a given ratio Band f
43
Developing fl uency (pages 79–80)1 £562 723 £1804 63 cm and 35 cm5 21
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 43 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Ratio and proportion Unit 2 Sharing in a given ratio Band f
44
Problem solving (pages 80–81)1 11 different ratios: 1 : 1, 1 : 2, 1 : 3, 1 : 5, 1 : 11, 5 : 7, 2 : 1, 3 : 1, 5 : 1, 11 : 1, 7 : 52 a 30
b hockey = 40°, tennis = 120°, netball = 200°3 a £60
b 20104 a Lesley, 5 more
b Lionel has a better scoring rate; 3040
compared with 3556
5 No, they both have 12 milk chocolates
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 44 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Ratio and proportion Unit 2 Sharing in a given ratio Band f
45
Reviewing skills (page 81)1 a 5
b 15
c 45
2 a 60 g, 45 gb 154, 176c 22 g, 44 g, 222 gd 35, 70, 140
3 214
hours
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 45 13/04/16 10:49 AM
6
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201546
Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (page 84)1 a 24p
b 72p2 a 15p
b £1.203 a £6
b £1384 a i 35p
ii 30piii Dan’s discounts
b i £1.30ii £0.96ii Dan’s discounts
c i £3.72ii £3.84iii Bev’s Bargains
5 Ingredient Quantity for 5 people Quantity for 1 person Quantity for 8 people
Minced beef 900 g 180 g 1440 g
Stock 480 ml 96 ml 768 ml
Onion 2 25 3
15
Tin of tomatoes 1 15 13
5Potatoes 700 g 140 g 1120 g
Worcestershire sauce 40 ml 8 ml 64 ml
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 46 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Ratio and proportion Unit 3 Working with proportional quantities Band f
47
Developing fl uency (pages 85–86) 1 £112 2 £6.80 3 £5.66 4 a 6 kg for £14.70
b 150 ml for £24 c 60 g for £12.06
5 No. He will charge £14.60 6 The maximum Roland can buy is 400 × 153.24 = 61 296 Krona. Since the bank only has 10 Krona notes, this means
that they will give him 61 290 Krona. 61 290 ÷ 153.24 = 399.96, therefore it will cost Roland 399.96 €. 7 Offer 1 (buy two 40 ml and get one 40 ml free) is the best value, as it is £32.40 for 120 ml, that is £27 for 100 ml.
Offer 2 gives £27.75 for 100 ml.The large bottle of perfume costs £30 for 100 ml.
8 a i She bought 660 Zloty.ii It cost her £149.32
b 660 − 84.40 = 575.60 Zloty left. The shop bought back 575 Zloty, giving her £127.49 in return. 9 £65.6010 2 hours 6 minutes11 19 hours12 22 hours
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 47 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Ratio and proportion Unit 3 Working with proportional quantities Band f
48
Problem solving (pages 87–89) 1 a £537.50
b 6 hours 2 13 (brown sugar is the limiting ingredient) 3 No; small = 7.4p per chocolate, large = 6.9p per chocolate, medium = 6.8p per chocolate 4 Harvey’s company at 50p/mile (Albert’s is 49.5p/mile) 5 Yes, she can do it for £14.56 6 Using these exchange rates, £1 is worth 1.27 Euros. 7 41 cents 8 Not enough flour, she needs 168 g; she has enough milk as she needs 1.704 litres 9 £8.50 in 2p coins, £42 in 5p coins10 a In 2014 the room cost 135 Euros per night. To calculate how much it cost in 2015 we multiply the price by
1.11 (111%): 135 × 1.11 = 149.85 Euros per night.
Now we must find out how much the room cost per night in pounds in 2014: 135 Euros1.12 = £120.54
We also need to know how much the room cost per night in 2015: 149.85 Euros
1.32 = £113.52Finally we work out the difference in prices for the 10 nights: (10 × 120.54) – (10 × 113.52) = 70.20, i.e. the room cost £70.20 less in 2015 than it did in 2014 for the 10 nights. The reason for this is because although the room cost more in Euros, the exchange rate was better in 2015.
b The exchange rate in 2016 is £1 = 1.22 Euros. The cost of the room in 2016 is 149.85 × 1.02 = 152.847. The total cost of the room for 10 days is therefore 10 × 152.847 = 1528.47 Euros. We need to find this in pounds: 1528.47
1.22 = 1252.84Therefore the Davies family need to budget £1252.84 for their trip in 2016.
11 1 hour 50 minutes
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 48 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Ratio and proportion Unit 3 Working with proportional quantities Band f
49
Reviewing skills (page 90)1 a £2.34
b £21.062 a 2 m for £8.10 is better value, as 2 m for £8.10 is £4.05 per m; 60 cm for £2.40 is £4.15 per m
b 600 g for £5.40 is £9/kg so is better value as 750 g for £7.20 is £9.60/kgc 2 litres for £22.12 is £11.06/l so is better value as 800 ml for £8.92 is £11.15/l
3 a 300 ml for £2.16 is 72p per 100 ml; 400 ml for £2.72 is 68p per 100 ml; 500 ml for £3.45 is 69p per 100 mlb 400 ml
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 49 13/04/16 10:49 AM
7
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201550
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 93–94)1 a 32
b 35
c 34
d 37
2 a 53
b 26
c 22 × 52
d 75
e 113 × 172
f 38
g 25 × 19h 53 × 73
3 a 125b 1024c 2401d 1e 729f 7776g 20.25h 2 097 152i 29j 50 625k 65 536l 1296
4 a 24
b 24
c 24
d 26
e 28
f 22
g 22
h 28
5 a 38
b 33
c 35
d 36
e 36
f 36
g 39
h 34
i 35
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 50 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 4 Index notation Band f
51
6 a 56
b 58
c 512
d 512
e 536
f 521
g 520
h 518
i 532
Developing fl uency (pages 94–95)1 210 = 45, 83 = 29, 93 = 36
2 a 28b 500c 337d 216
3 35, 44, 43 × 6, 73, 29
4 a 12b 120c 64d 990e 7f 17g 72h –1
5 a 22 × 73
b 5 × 63
c 32 × 54
d 24 × 33
e 2 × 63 × 72
f 32 × 53 × 72
6 a 27
b 24
c 28
d 215
e 210
f 29
g 28
h 28
7 a 27
b 29
c 24
d 28
e 210
f 213
g 25
h 2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 51 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 4 Index notation Band f
52
8 a 6b 3c 6d 7
9 128
Problem solving (pages 95–96)1 a 6.4 mm
b There would be a very large number (216 = 6.5536 metres) of tiny pieces, too small for Bill to cut up.2 2 × 54 = 1250 pigs3 a £29, (= £512)
b 21 questions
4 (25 × 84) × 162
46 = 8192 = 213
5 a 45 = 1024b Round 1 has 820 – 68 = 752 players. So there are 188 games with one winner each. In round 2 there are 188 + 68
= 256 which is the correct number for three further rounds = 5 rounds total.6 LHS = RHS = 2.1 × 109
Reviewing skills (page 96)1 a 173
b 22 × 53
c 34 × 52
d 2 × 33 × 112
2 c 25
3 a 128b 180c 32d 1
4 a 12b 6c 6d 20
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 52 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
7
53
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 99–100)1 a 30
b 110c 12d 18e 75f 250g 735h 4725
2 a 22 × 3 × 5b 2 × 32 × 7c 22 × 52
d 2 × 33
e 32 × 52
f 2 × 7 × 11g 3 × 5 × 7h 32 × 5 × 11 i 22 × 3 ×52
j 34 × 5k 22 × 53
l 24 × 3 × 133 a 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
b 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20c 1, 2, 4d 4
4 a 2 b 5c 6d 9e 8f 26g 5h 18i 12j 1k 22l 17
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 53 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 5 Prime factorisation Band g
54
5 a 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60b 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80c 24, 48 d 24
6 a 18b 40c 70d 60e 42f 30g 80h 65i 120j 300k 54l 180
Developing fl uency (pages 100–101)1 a 2 × 32 × 72
b 24 × 3 × 52
c 3 × 53 × 11d 26 × 7 × 13
2 a 22 × 3 × 5b 2 × 32 × 7c
60 126
25
23
37
d 6e 1260
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 54 13/04/16 10:49 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 5 Prime factorisation Band g
55
3 a 180 = 22 × 32 × 5b 63 = 32 × 7c
180 63
225
33
7
d 9e 1260
4 a HCF = 4, LCM = 420b HCF = 15, LCM = 180c HCF = 14, LCM = 29 400d HCF = 35, LCM = 36 750
5 8.30 p.m. (12 hours later)6 a i 111
ii 1111iii 1001iv 11111
b 3 × 7 × 11 × 13 × 37
Problem solving (pages 101–102)1 Yes, 144 attend the party, food costs £34.80 + £22.50 + £56.80 = £114.10 So £5.90 change.2 72 000 miles3 3 laps4 9 (at 6 km intervals)5 7 times6 None of Nomsa’s factors are prime numbers.
209 = 11 × 19; 119 = 7 × 17; 187 = 11 × 17; 133 = 7 × 19 So either way 24 871 = 7 × 11 × 17 × 19
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 55 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 5 Prime factorisation Band g
56
Reviewing skills (page 102)1 a 20
b 400c 2310d 23 100e 3 210 000
2 a 2 × 32 × 5b 3 × 5 × 11c 2 × 5 × 7 × 11d 32 × 7 × 13e 23 × 52 × 7f 2 × 53 × 7g 24 × 32 × 11h 25 × 7 × 13
3 a 54 = 2 × 33, 60 = 22 × 3 × 5b 6c 540
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 56 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
7
57
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 105–106)Index form In full Ordinary number
25 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 32
24 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 16
23 2 × 2 × 2 8
22 2 × 2 4
21 2 2
20 1 1
2−112 0.5
2−21
(2 × 2) 0.25
2−31
(2 × 2 × 2) 0.125
b i 128ii 1
24 = 1
16 = 0.0625
Index form In full Ordinary number In words
103 10 × 10 × 10 1000 One thousand
102 10 × 10 100 One hundred
101 10 10 Ten
100 1 1 One
10−1 110
0.1 One tenth
10−2 1(10 × 10)
0.01 One hundredth
10−3 1(10 × 10 × 10)
0.001 One thousandth
b 1 000 000, one millionc 0.000 001, one millionth
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 57 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 6 Rules of indices Band h
58
3 a i 32 × 33
3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 35
check: 9 × 27 243 35 = 243
ii 54 × 52
5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 56
check 625 × 25 15 625 56 = 15 625
iii 103 × 104
10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 107
check 1000 × 10 000 10 000 000 107 = 10 000 000
b am × an = a(m + n)
4 a 26, 64b 36, 729c 53, 125d 53, 125
5 a i 36 ÷ 34
32
check 729 ÷ 81 = 9 32 = 9
ii 54 ÷ 53
51 = 5 check 625 ÷ 125 = 5
iii 105 × 102
103
check 100 000 ÷ 100 = 1000 103 = 1000
b am
an = a(m – n)
6 a 23, 8b 31, 3c 103, 1000d 5−3, 25
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 58 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 6 Rules of indices Band h
59
7 a i (24)3
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 212
check 16 × 16 × 16 = 4096 212 = 4096
ii (32)5
3 × 3 × 3 × 3 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 3 × 3 310
check 9 × 9 × 9 × 9 × 9 = 59 049 310 = 59 049
iii (103)2
10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 106
check 1000 × 1000 = 1 000 000 106 = 100 000
b (am)n = a(mn)8 a 210, 1024
b 210, 1024c 107, 1 000 000 (one million)d 1012, 1 000 000 000 000 (one billion)
Developing fl uency (pages 106–107)1 a 2
b 32c samed 25e 26f 1−2
g 2−3
h same2 a 1 and 9, 2 and 8, 3 and 7, 4 and 6, 5 and 5; 5 pairs3 a 313
b 212
c 106
d 56
4 a 69
b 69
c 622
d 69
5 a 35
b 35
c 35
d 35
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 59 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 6 Rules of indices Band h
60
6 a 24
b 29
c 26
d 11
7 i, a, g, b, c and d, f e h j8 Marged is correct. Each value is larger than the previous one, but her estimated values are too low.
Problem solving (page 107)1 a Various combinations, check students’ answers.
b 11c no
Reviewing skills (page 107)1 a 51
b 51
c 51
2 a 10−2
b 10−1
c 10−2
3 a 22
b 71
c 100
4 232 × 23−2 = 1 = 230
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 60 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
7
61
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (page 110) 1 Missing number is 7 1
3
3 12 3
3 17 37
7 12 72
2 13 23
7 13 73
2 17 27
2 a 8 b 11 c 107 d 39
e 11312
f 1818
3 a 12 12
b 18 12
c 1513
d 313
e 318
f 7 13
4 a 8, 3 and 2 b 2, 2 and 196 c 64, 4, 645 a 58 b 2 c 10 d 5 e 11 f 15
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 61 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 7 Fractional indices Band i
62
Developing fl uency (page 111)1 Missing number is 7 23 .
372 37
3 27 327
7 32 732
2 73 273
7 23 723
2 37 237
2 a = =4 64 832 2
b = =8 64 423 3
c =625 54
d = =36 46656 21632 2
e = =1 1 179 9
f = =32 1024 425 5
3 a 12 52
b 18 32
c 15 43
d 3 83
e 3 38
f 7143
4 a 8 23
8 423= =
b 196 36 196 1436= =
c 4 32
4 2 832 3= = =
5 a 4 53
b 4 35
6 a 4 12
or 4 36
b 9 12
or 924
or 936
or 9 48
c 263
or 2 84
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 62 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 7 Fractional indices Band i
63
Problem solving (pages 112–113)1 c, a, e, d, b
2 a = =b b bbb
b a = 2, b = 4 or a = 4, b = 2
3 a side = =V V313
cube SA = 6 face SA = × = ×6 side 6223 V
b V A6
3
( )=
4 a 1 year b 11.8 years c 109 million kilometres5 powers of 2
26
23 23
22 21 22
21 21 20 22
powers of 4
624 or 43
41
41
41
40
324
324
124
124
124
powers of 8
82
81 81
80
238
238
238
138
138
138
powers of 16
160
6416
3416
3416
2416
1416
1416
1416
1216
1216
powers of 32
320
6532
3532
2532
2532
2532
1532
1532
1532
3532
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 63 13/04/16 10:50 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 7 Number properties Unit 7 Fractional indices Band i
64
powers of 64
640
641
3664
2664
3664
1364
1364
1664
1664
1664
Reviewing skills (page 113)1
512 3
52 5
23 3
25 3
12 2
23 2
53 5
32 2
12
5 35 523 325 3 223 253 53 2
2 a 4 b 27 c 4
3 a 8 213 =
b 25 25 12532
3( )= =
c 32 835 =
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 64 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
65
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 117–118)1 a 12
b 5c 28d 7
2 a + 3b − 9c − 1d + 14
3 a Turn rightb Stand upc Turn 68° clockwised Walk 6 steps backwards
4 a − 7b + 4c − 129d ÷ 5e ÷ 3.9f × 8g × 0.5 or ÷ 2
5 a − 3b + 9c + 1d − 14
6 a £51.80b × 1.40c 56 l
d i 42 lii 28.5 l
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 65 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 4 Working with formulae Band e
66
Developing fl uency (pages 118–119)1 a i 32
ii 48iii 42iv 8
b A: iiiB: iC: ivD: ii
2 a x → × 4 → − 3 → yb x ← ÷ 4 ← + 3 ← yc 17
3 a 14 → × 2 → + 9 → 37b 23c 23 ← ÷ 2 ← − 9 ← 55
4 a Input Output
3 5
10 33
7 21
1 −3
b Input Output
12 41
6 17
20 73
0 −7
5 a i €23ii €43
b 12 kmc €c = 2d km + 3
6 a i 115ii 28.75iii 46iv 2300
b i 20ii 400iii 1600iv 8000
7 a i 540ii 810iii 2232iv 6408
b i 86ii 23iii 142iv 35
8 a 72b 6
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 66 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 4 Working with formulae Band e
67
Problem solving (pages 119–121)1 a 6 + 8 = 12 + 2
b 9 edges; Triangular prism2 a 32 cm
b 6 cmc 9 cm
3 a £150b C = 20 + 10nc 15 × 4 = 20 + (4 ×10)
4 a 7b 9c 2n + 1 d 41
5 13 36 or 1:36 p.m.6 a The equivalent formulae in the table have the same colour
b W = FD t = d
st = s
d FINISH
V = IR A = 12
bh F = WD
v = at + u
b = Ah d = st P = VI A = b × h ÷ 2
y = 2x + 3 P = FA A = b × h s = d
t
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 67 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 4 Working with formulae Band e
68
Reviewing skills (page 121)1 a d → × 60 → + 30 → C b i 270
ii 630c d ← ÷ 60 ← − 30 ← C
d i 6ii 9
2 a i 100ii 0iii 35
b i 50ii 86iii 401
3 a i £65ii £155
b 8c 15 is cost per person, 5 is the fixed price addition
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 68 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
69
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (page 124)1 a 5
b 7c 3d 9
2 a 5b 11c 4d 3
3 a 11b 8c 14d 19
4 a 7b 8c 5d 11
5 a 9b 6c 4d 12
6 a 10b 15c 24d 18
7 a 7b 10c 6d 8e 56f 17
8 Cynthia is correct. Hardip has not divided every term by 4 in the first line.9 a 7
b 4c 6d 2e 3f 9g 2h 4
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 69 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 5 Setting up and solving simple equations Band f
70
Developing fl uency (page 125)1 a Total ages is 21
b Andrea is twice as old as Bennyc Benny is 7 years older than Andrea
2 5x + 12 = 47 x = 73 a 2
b −2c 2d −2e −2f 2
4 i x = 12ii x = 2iii x = 11iv x = −3v x = −5vi x = 4
5 a 60b 16c −9d 18e −4f 120g 0h −96
6 8t + 24 = 138 t = £14.257 2a + 28 = 204 a = £888 4a + 64 = 172 a = 27p9 a 7.4
b 1.56c 7.78d 18.8e 5f −2
10 a Ffion’s age, f = a + 8b 2a + 18 = 30; a = 6 and f = 14
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 70 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 5 Setting up and solving simple equations Band f
71
Problem solving (pages 126–127)1 30°2 150°3 Ami 10, Ben 20, Ceri 64 l = 125 m. Area = 9375 m2
5 Angles of an equilateral triangle are 60° each.The first two give a value of x to be 10 and the third angle x is 12
6 0.5l7 a C = 40 + 30 × n
b 8 days8 a a + 2(a + 30) = 180
b a = 40c 40, 70, 70
9 a There is an infinite number of possibilities for the right hand side. The final number could be anything that is in the sequence generated by 3x + 2 but x can be positive or negative. Here are some possibilities: −4, −1, 2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 17
b No, 100 − 2 is not a multiple of 3c No all of her guesses aren’t accurate, 4x + 3 = 10 gives x = 7
4 (or 13
4 or 1.75) so it isn’t an integer.
If x is going to be an integer then the right-hand side must be odd, but must also be 3 more than a multiple of 4, e.g.: −1, 3, 7, 11, 15, etc.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 71 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 5 Setting up and solving simple equations Band f
72
Reviewing skills (page 127)1 a 7
b 3c −7d 11e −1f −6g 3h −2
2 a −19.6b −1.2c 92.4d 64
3 3 × 230 + 2t = 1000t = 155 g
4 c 16.4
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 72 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
73
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 130–131)1 a Lexmi:
8 × (30 + 4)= 8 × 30 + 8 × 4= 240 + 32= 272
b Yesc Kabil’s is quicker
2 a 114b 126c 108d 56e 12f 35
3 a 174b 208c 185d 744
4 a 6(3 + 7) = 60b 4(8 − 7) = 4c 3(3 + 8) = 33d 45(3 + 9 + 8) = 900
5 a i 92 cm2
ii 92 b i 252 cm2
ii 252 c i 285 cm2
ii 285 d i 132 cm2
ii 1326 a i 5(4 + x)
ii 55 b i 2(x + 5)
ii 24 c i 8(x + 3)
ii 80 d i 5(x + 2 + x − 1) = 5(2x + 1)
ii 75
Kabil:8 × (30 + 4)= 8 × 34= 272
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 73 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 6 Using brackets Band f
74
7 a 6a + 21b 42 – 24bc 16c – 22d 5 – 40de 8x + 12yf 15e + 6f + 18g 14p + 28qh 40g – 15h + 10
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 74 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 6 Using brackets Band f
75
Developing fl uency (pages 131–132)1 5(x – 3) = 5x – 15
6(2x + 3) = 12x + 182(4x – 1) = 8x – 22(4 – x) = 8 – 2x3(5x + 2) = 15x + 65(3x + 1) = 15x + 58(x + 2) = 8x + 164(2x – 1) = 8x – 42(6 – x) = 12 – 2x3(2x + 5) = 6x + 15
2 a 4(x + 2)b 3(y − 4)c 8(2 − f)d 6(2g + 3)e 5(3m − 2)f 7(a + 3b)
3 a 2(x + 6y)b 10a + 5b = 5(2a + b)c 5x + 5y + 5 = 5(x + y + 1)
4 a 90b 0c 5d −40
5 a 5n − 1 is bigger because 5n – 5 is 4 smaller than 5n − 1b 2(3n + 5) is bigger because 6n + 10 is 1 larger than 6n + 9c 5(3n + 7) because 15n + 35 is n bigger than 14n + 35 [unless n is negative]
6 a 8b 5c 4
7 a 6x + 12 + 15x + 5 = 21x + 17b 8x + 24 − 6x − 2 = 2x + 22 = 2(x + 11)c 6x + 18 − 4x + 6 = 2x + 24 = 2(x + 12)
8 a 8x + 20b 4x2 + 10xc 3x2 − 9xd 8x2 + 20xe 3x3 − 6x2
f 18x2 + 12xy
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 75 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 6 Using brackets Band f
76
9 a 4x(x − 1)b 5(2x2 + 1)c 5x(2x + 1)d 6x(x − 2)e 4c(3d – 2)f 2x(3x + 2)g 4x(x − 2y)h 6cd(c + 3d)
10 £31.6811 a 37b − 21c
b 15x – 23yc 8x + 11yd 18a + 37b
12 a 28t – 30hb 9g – 6hc 6d + 11ed 15k – 6m
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 76 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 6 Using brackets Band f
77
Problem solving (pages 132–135)1 a 3s + 1.5
b 4s = 3s + 1.5s = 1.5 mSquare 1.5 m, Triangle 2 m.
2 60°3 a x = 9
b 20 cm4 R + R + 6 + 3(R + 6) = 84; 5R + 24 = 84; R = 12. Tom is 545 a (7000 + 5m) pence or equivalent in £
b 1200 miles6 Area of the square = 4x(x + 6) = 4x2 + 24x
area of triangle = ½ × 2x × 4(x + 6) = 4x2 + 24x, so the areas are the same7 a 2H + 2W – 4. This is because otherwise the corners would be counted twice.
b 2(W − 2 + H − 2 + 1) + 2 = 2W + 2H – 6 + 2 = 2W + 2H – 4. This expression works out half of the shape first, then doubles, then adds in the top left and bottom right corners.
c 2(H + W) – 4 = 2H + 2W – 4. This calculates half the shape (but counting the top right corner twice), doubles and then subtracts 4 for the corners counted twice
d H – 1 + H – 1 + W − 1 + W – 1 = 2H + 2W – 4. Counts squares unique to each side and adds theme 2H + 2W – 4 = 2(W − 2 + H − 2 + 1) + 2 = 2(H + W) – 4 = H – 1 + H – 1 + W − 1 + W – 1
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 77 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 6 Using brackets Band f
78
Reviewing skills (page 135)1 a 495
b 270c 252d 90e 0f 1089
2 a 16 983b 738c 1308d 9801
3 a 5(8 + 12) = 100b 7(3 + 2 − 5) = 0c 11(13 + 11 − 4) = 220
a i 8(x + 11)ii 128
b i x(2x + x + 1) = x(3x + 1)ii 80
5 a 10a + 15b + 8a + 2b = 18a + 17bb 15a + 18b – 6a – 12b = 9a + 6b = 3(3a + 2b)c 8a − 8b + 18a + 12b = 26a + 4b = 2(13a + 2b)d 12a + 8b − 5a + 15b = 7a + 23b
6 a 3f + 9g = 3(f + 3g)b 8k − 8m = 8(k − m)c 8x + 9
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 78 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
79
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (page 138)1 a 3x = 18, so x = 6
b 2x + 4 =16, so x = 6c 5x + 4 = 3x + 14, so x = 5d 8x + 12 = 3x + 42, so x = 6
2 a 4.5b 7c 5d 60e −2f −2.5g 6h 6
3 a −4b 3c 1d 9
4 a −7b −3
c 12
d − 12
Developing fl uency (pages 138–140)1 a 6a + 20 = 4a + 64
b 222 a She has not reversed the operations so it should be 11 − 5 = 6x + 4x.
b 11 − 5 = 6x + 4x leading to 6 = 10x, so 0.6c 11 − 4 × 0.6 = 6 × 0.6 + 5 11 − 2.4 = 8.6 = 3.6 + 5
3 a Lowri: x = 1.50.5, x = 3. Tara: 5x = 15, x = 3.
b Tara, because using whole numbers you are far less likely to make mistakes.4 a 2.1
b 8c 2.275d 1.4e 3f 4.5g 100h 2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 79 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 7 Working with more complex equations Band f
80
5 a 3.5m + 4.25 = 2m + 11b m = £4.50c Each girl was given £20.
6 a 11w + 108 = 14w + 72b w = 12c 20 rows
7 a 5n − 8 = 12 + 2n + 10b n = 10
Problem solving (pages 140–141)1 a 5n − 3 = 7 + 3n
b n = 52 150 cm2
3 a 350°b x = 120, 12 × 120 – 1320 = 120c The angles are equal so this part alone is a regular polygon. But we do not know the rest of the shape so we
cannot be certain.4 a i 2h
ii h – 40b Harry: £110, Ellie: £220, Tom: £70
5 6a + 108 = 180; a = 12, so base angles are both 72°. Hence triangle is isosceles.
Reviewing skills (page 141)1 a 15
b −6c −0.5d −1
2 a 3b 2.2c −5.5d 1
3 a 4b 1c 3d 7
4 a 5p + 4.25 = 2p + 16.50 + 0.20b p = £4.15c p = 4.15d Zorro had £25.00.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 80 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
81
Unit 8 Answers
Practising skills (page 144)1 a 6
b 9c 1.5d 3
2 a 4b 8c 8d 11
3 Instruction Algebra
I think of a number, n n
I multiply it by 5 5n
I add 6 5n + 6
I multiply it by 3 3(5n + 6)
The answer is 123 3(5n + 6) = 123
b 5n + 6 = 41, 5n = 35, n = 74 a 14
b 4c 6d 5
5 a −7b 4c 3d 2
6 a 3b 4c 44
d – 14
Developing fl uency (pages 144–146)1 a 2
b 24c –6d 3e 4, SOLVE
2 a 8(x + 1) + 2(6x – 5)b 8(x + 1) + 2(6x – 5) = 28c 40 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 81 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 8 Solving equations with brackets Band f
82
3 a 3(n – 2)b 3(n – 2) = 30 – nc 9d 3 × (9 – 2) = 30 – 9; 3 × 7 = 21
4 a Age now Age in 4 years
Gethin p p + 4
Dad 42 − p 46 − p
b 4(p + 4) = 46 − p
c p = 6
d Gethin is 6 years old and his Dad is 36 years old.
e 6 + 36 = 42. In 4 years’ time, Gethin will be 10 and his dad will be 40; 4 × 10 = 40.5 a i 2x + 1
ii x + 2b x = 1
6 a i 12x + 6ii 6x + 12
b 3(4x + 2) = 2(3x + 6)c x = 1
7 £158 Stem = 33 cm, Bulb = 6 cm
Problem solving (pages 146–147)1 a 3(n + 12) = 60 – n
b 62 a k = 2y k − 2 = 3(y − 2)
b y = 4 k = 83 a c + 20 = h s = 2h c + s + h = 120
b 15 cowsc 35 hens, 70 sheep
4 Shows value of x from one pair of equations does not match the other expression. Sides not equal so can’t be a square.
5 1 hour6 Not parallel because angles won’t be the same.
Reviewing skills (page 147)1 a 4
b −1c 9d 5
4 or 11
4 or 1.25
2 a 1b 2
c 32 or 1
12 or 1.5
d 33 1035 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 82 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
83
Unit 9 Answers
Practising skills (page 150)1 a 53
b 25
c 914
d 710
2 a f 2
b g4
c d6
d a24
3 i x × x × x × x × x = x5
ii x × x × x × x × x = x5
iii x × x × xx × x
= x
iv x × xx × x × x = x–1
v x × x × x × x × x × x = x6
vi x × x × x × x × x × x = x6
4 a 20a5
b 2bc 6c14
d 30d8
e 2ef 8f 5g8
g 24m4p5
h 2s3
5 a 3a2
b 4c6
c 5d5
d 3f 5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 83 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 9 Simplifying harder expressions Band g
84
6 a i × x 4
x x2 4x
2 2x 8
ii x2 + 6x + 8 b i = x2 + 8x + 15
× x 5
x x2 5x
3 3x 15
ii = x2 + 2x − 24
× x −4
x x2 −4x
6 6x −24
iii x2 − 12x + 35
× x −7
x x2 −7x
−5 −5x 35
Developing fl uency (pages 151–152)1 a middle row x8 x7; top x15
b bottom row a5 a4; middle row a9
2 n12 ÷ n4 = n8; n6 ÷ n3 = n3; n4 × n2 = n6; n3 ÷ n = n2; n3 × n2 = n5; (n5)2 = n10
3 a x2 + 11x + 18b x2 + 2x − 15c x2 – 3x − 4d x2 − 7x + 10
4 a x2 + 14x + 48b x2 + x − 12
5 a Tim is correct, Harry has not multiplied each term in one bracket by each term in the other bracket. b i a2 + 6a + 9
ii b2 + 12b + 36iii c2 − 8c + 16
6 a x2 + 15x + 50b top row x2; 10x; bottom row 5x; 50c They are equal – the small rectangles represent the stages of expanding the (x + 5)(x + 10) bracket.
7 a i 4x2 + 8xii 2x2 + 8x
b red area is 2x × (x + 4) = 2x2 + 8x as well
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 84 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 9 Simplifying harder expressions Band g
85
Problem solving (pages 152–153)1 w(w + 20) = w2 + 20w2 a2 + 8a3 3
2 b2 + 12b4 (4s)3 – s3 = 60s3
5 a n = 8b n = 6c n = 3
6 a 2x2 + 8x + 8b red is 0.5(2x + 4)(2x + 4) = 2x2 + 8x + 8
Reviewing skills (page 153)1 a a14
b b6
c c0 = 1
d d18
2 a 12a7
b 4b5
c 1d 5g8
3 a a2 + 11a + 30b b2 + 4b − 21c c2 − 4c − 5d d 2 − 8d + 15
4 a x2 + 8x – 48b x = 7: Areas are red rectangle 57 cm2, blue square 49 cm2, small red rectangle 21 cm2.c 84 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 85 13/04/16 10:51 AM
1
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 201586
Unit 10 Answers
Practising skills (page 157)1 a 12
b 45c 40d 3
2 a 20b 67c −17d −1.8
3 a 24b 45c 24d 9
4 a 90b 200c −100d 200
5 a x = y + 8
b x = y3
c x = 5y
d x = ( y – 1)
26 a x = y – 4
b x = ( y + 3)
4
c b = a6
d t = pm
7 a 24b 106c 49d 54
8 a 13
b 9 12
c 4 12
d 9 13
9 a −1 12
b 6
c 4 34
d 3 15
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 86 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 10 Using complex formulae Band h
87
Developing fl uency (pages 157–158)1 a i 27
ii 32iii 26
b points – d
3 = wc 5
2 a i 94ii 122iii 156
b c – 2p
1.5 = mc 3 miles
3 a C = 35h + 18 b i 88
ii 228iii 368
c h = (c – 18)
35 d i 4
ii 12iii 27
4 a i 452.389 cm2
ii 1809.557 m2
iii 2 010 619.3 km2
b 514 718 540.4 km2
c r = sπ4
d 4.00 cm5 a i 0
ii 35iii 100iv −40
b F = 9c5 + 32
c i 32ii 95iii 572iv −40
6 a 512 b i M =
hp4t2
ii t = hpM4
iii h = 4Mt2
P c i 50
ii 20iii 7
7 a x = ( y + 5)6 b x =
y5 + 6 c p =
rT4m d p =
(T – m2)4r
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 87 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Starting algebra Unit 10 Using complex formulae Band h
88
Problem solving (pages 159–160)1 a £165
b h = c – 15
30c 1 hour 15 minutes
2 a £104
b d = c – 2012
c 15 days3 a £49.50
b c = 100(B – 15) – 5t10
c 80 calls
4 a m = dvb 252 g/cm3
5 a h = vπr2
b 10.4 cm6 a 32 cm2
b h = 2a
(a + b)c 5 cmd a = 2a
h – be 14.27 cm
7 a 10π cm2
b l = 4Aπh
c 10 cm
Reviewing skills (page 160)1 a e = d – f
b t = (s – b)
ac g = f h
d w = (v + 3)
4e r =
C2π
f r = Aπ
g r = 100PMt
h t = 3S
2 a i 10ii 0iii –20iv 30
b a = (v – u)
t3 d t = S2 √3
c a = 153 = 3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 88 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
89
Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (pages 163–164)1 a 4 and +7
b 6 and +5c 38 and −3d 12 and +3
2 a 3, 6, 9, 12, 15b 6, 10, 14, 18, 22c 27, 29, 31, 33, 35
3 a A 38 46, B 81 78b A 830, B −216c A 8, B 87
4 a i 23 and +4ii 39 and 43
b i 38 and +6ii 62 and 68
c i 46 and −3ii 34 and 31
d i −4 and +2ii 4 and 6
e i 6 and −5ii −14 and −19
5 a i 4, 7, 10, 13, …, 301ii 4 and +3iii The difference between the terms is the multiple of n, take away the difference between the terms from the
first term to get the position-to-term formula. b i 4, 10, 16, 22, …, 598
ii 4 and +6iii The difference between the terms is the multiple of n, take away the difference between the terms from the
first term to get the position-to-term formula. c i 7, 11, 15, 19, …, 403
ii 7 and +4iii The difference between the terms is the multiple of n, take away the difference between the terms from the
first term to get the position-to-term formula.6 a 3n + 2
b 2n + 2c 4n + 1
7 a 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, …, 66b 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, …, 45c 4, 11, 18, 25, 32, …, 137
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 89 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 3 Linear sequences Band f
90
8 a i 4n + 7ii 407
b i 10n − 8ii 992
c i 7n + 4ii 704
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 90 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 3 Linear sequences Band f
91
Developing fl uency (pages 164–166)1 3, 6, 9, 12 = 3n
7, 9, 11, 13 = 2n + 56, 11, 16, 21 = 5n + 1
2 a Input, n 2 3 5 10 12
Output 30 45 75 150 180
15nb Input, n 6 12 14 15 32
Output 27 33 35 36 53
n + 21c Input, n 1 2 5 10 20
Output 11 15 27 47 87
4n + 7d Input, n 1 6 10 20 23
Output 4 49 85 175 202
9n − 53 a
Pattern 5
Pattern 6
b Number of pentagons 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of matchsticks 5 9 13 17 21 25
c 29, term to term is +4d 4n + 1
e i 41ii 81
f 254 a 5n − 2
b 3n + 8c 6n − 5
d 12
n + 3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 91 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 3 Linear sequences Band f
92
5 a i 22ii +4
b 4n + 2c 162d 87th
6 a i 27ii +6
b 6n − 3c 237d 45th
7 a
Pattern 4
Pattern 5
b Pattern number 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of matchsticks 4 13 22 31 40 49
c i 58ii Term to term is + 9 or position to term is 9n − 5
d 9n − 5 e i 85
ii 175f Because they all share one matchstickg 28 squares
8 a nob yesc yesc yes
9 a yesb yesc nod no
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 92 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 3 Linear sequences Band f
93
Problem solving (pages 166–167)1 a 18
b 4n + 2c 4n + 2 = 77; n = 18.75
So 19 tables with 4 × 19 + 2 = 78 chairs; 1 empty chair2 a 31 and 28 b iii 43 – 3n
c 2 = 43 − 3n; 3n = 41, n = 13.667So 2 is not in the sequence as n needs to be a whole number
3 4m − 3: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 43, 49, 55, 6163 − 7n: 56, 49, 42, 35, 28, 21, 14, 7, 02 terms in common
4 a D is position 4 of 4, A will say 97, B will say 98, C will say 99, D will say 100. 100 is divisible by 4 giving 25b 5th position
c i 4th positionii 2nd position
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 93 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 3 Linear sequences Band f
94
Reviewing skills (page 167)1 a +8
b 8n + 1c 401d 56
2 a i −4n + 84ii −316
b i −5n + 105ii −395
c i −2n + 62ii −138
d i 6n + 74ii 674
3 a 13, 17b d = 4n − 3
c i 357ii 477
d 162
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 94 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
95
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (page 170)1 a i even numbers
ii
iii 2n b i square numbers
ii
iii n2
c i cube numbersii
iii n3
2 a
17 262 5 10
+3 +5 +7 +9
b
142−1 7
+3 +5 +7 +9
23
c
3 2110
+11 +15+7 +19
5536
d
2 8 18 32
+10 +14+6 +18
50
3 a 11, 14, 19, 26, 35b 0, 7, 26, 63, 124c 1, 3, 6, 10, 15 [triangular numbers]
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 95 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 4 Special sequences Band f
96
4 a n2
b n2 + 1c n2 – 1d 2n2
5 a n2 + 10b n3
c n3 + 5d 2n3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 96 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 4 Special sequences Band f
97
Developing fl uency (pages 171–173)1 a
b Pattern number 1 2 3 4 5
Number of red triangles 1 3 6 10 15
Number of green triangles 0 1 3 6 10
Total number of triangles, T 1 4 9 16 25
c Number of red triangles and number of green triangles are triangular numbersTotal number of triangles are square numbers
d 100i 55ii 45
e T = n2
2 a i Double the previous termii the difference between one term and the next is 1 more than the difference between the previous 2 terms.
b i 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16 384,32 768, 65 536
ii 1, 2, 4, 7, 11, 16, 22, 29, 37, 46, 56, 67, 79, 92, 106, 121c 2, 4 and 16d 4, 16, 64, 256, 1024, 4096, 16 384, 65 536
3 a
b Pattern number 1 2 3 4 5
Number of black tiles 4 4 4 4 4
Number of blue tiles 1 4 9 16 25
Total number of tiles, T 5 8 13 20 29
c 104d 15th patterne T = n2 + 4
f i No, because 400 is a square number, and each number in the sequence is 4 more than a square number.ii 19th pattern; 35 tiles left over
4 a i 3ii 5iii 7
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 97 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 4 Special sequences Band f
98
b 9c 100d n2
e Pattern 7f 10 000
5 a 2, 6, 12, 20, 30
b i nth term = 12
n(n + 1)
ii Triangular numbersiii
Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4
Pattern 5
iv 820 c i
Pattern 4 Pattern 5
ii n(n + 1)iii Number of red circles = 1
2n(n + 1)
Number of green circles = 12
n(n + 1)
iv The number of red and green circles are triangular numbers.6 a
b Pattern number 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches, M 4 12 24 40 60
c 144 d i 1, 3, 6, 10, 15
ii Number of matches = 4 × triangular numbersiii 840iv M = 2n(n + 1)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 98 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 4 Special sequences Band f
99
Problem solving (pages 173–174)1 a 21, 34, 55, 89, 144
b 2, 3, 5, 13, 89c 8 = 23, 144 = 24 × 32
2 1443 a i 3
ii 5iii 8
b Fibonaccic For example, there are two ways to make rectangles using 6 dominoes. We can use all of the ones we made using
5 dominoes and can put a single vertical domino on the front:
There will be 8 of these.Alternatively, we can use all of the ones we made using 4 dominoes and can put two horizontal dominoes on the front:
There will be 5 of these.To work out the next one, therefore, we need to add the previous two numbers: 5 + 8 = 13 It is only putting one vertical or two horizontal dominoes in front of the previous numbers as three dominoes horizontally is too high
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 99 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 4 Special sequences Band f
100
Reviewing skills (pages 174)1 a 6, 9, 14, 21, 30
b 1, 7, 17, 31, 49c 4, 11, 30, 67, 128d 0, 2, 6, 12, 20
2 a n2 + 2b n2 – 3c n3 + 1d 3n2
3 a Pattern number 1 2 3 4 5 n
Number of blue squares 1 4 9 16 25 n2
Number of red squares 2 6 12 20 30 n2 + n
Total number of squares 3 10 21 36 55 2n2 + n
b n2
c 110d n2 + ne 500 = n2 + n; n2 + n – 500 = 0. Cannot solve for n whole number so no pattern will have 500 squaresf T = 2n2 + n = n(2n + 1). A composite number
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 100 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
101
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 177–178)1 a 5, 20, 45, 80, 125
b 6, 9, 14, 21, 30c 1, 7, 17, 31, 49d 7, 16, 31, 52, 79e 5, 35, 85, 155, 245
2 a = ii; b = v; c = iv; d = i3 a 16, n2
b 17, n2 + 1c 18, 2n2
d 35, 2n2 + 34 a Term n2 + 3 1st difference 2nd difference
1 4
2 7 3
3 12 5 2
4 19 7 2
5 28 9 2
b i Term n2 − 1 1st difference 2nd difference
1 0
2 3 3
3 8 5 2
4 15 7 2
5 24 9 2
ii Term n2 + 2 1st difference 2nd difference
1 3
2 6 3
3 11 5 2
4 18 7 2
5 27 9 2
iii Term 22 − 3 1st difference 2nd difference
1 −1
2 5 6
3 15 10 4
4 29 14 4
5 47 18 4
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 101 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 5 Quadratic sequences Band g
102
iv Term 5n2 1st difference 2nd difference
1 5
2 20 15
3 45 25 10
4 80 35 10
5 125 45 10
c no5 a = iii; b = v; c = i; d = ii; e = iv6 a and b
i n2 + 4ii no – lineariii 3n2
iv no – cubicv 2n2 + 3
Developing fl uency (pages 178–179)1 a A: 12, B: 36, C: 35, D: 48, E: 47 b i A: 2, B: 2 c i Each term in C is one less than the corresponding term in B.
ii n2 − 1 d i Sequence D = sequence A + Sequence B
ii n2 + 2n e i A and C
ii n2 + 2n − 12 a Drawing of a 5 × 5 pattern.
b Pattern 1 2 3 4 5
Number of tiles 4 9 16 25 36
c Pattern 9d (n + 1)2
e i 50ii 2551iii (n + 1)2 – n or n2 + n + 1
3 a 64b n2
c 104 a 15
b 231c 15d 5050
e i No because the 17th stack needs 153 tins and the 18th stack needs 171 tins.ii 78 and 91
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 102 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 5 Quadratic sequences Band g
103
5 a i 6ii 12iii 8
b 26
Cube size 2 3 4 5 10 n
1 sticker 0 6 24 54 384 6(n − 2)2
2 stickers 0 12 24 36 96 12(n − 2)
3 stickers 8 8 8 8 8 8
Total number of stickered cubes
8 26 56 98 488 6(n − 2)2 + 12(n − 2) + 8= 6n2 – 12n + 8
Problem solving (page 180)1 a 42
b n(n + 1)c 2(n + 1)d between 50 and 51
2 a Points Number of lines at each point
Total number of lines
2 1 1
3 2 3
4 3 6
5 4 10
6 5 15
7 6 21
8 7 28
n n − 1 n(n − 1)2
b 630 lines3 33 and 244 a 35
b n – 3c n(n – 3)d 11
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 103 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 5 Quadratic sequences Band g
104
Reviewing skills (page 181)1 a 70, 10n + 10
b 48, 3n2
c There is an error on the Student Book. This is not a sequence.d 177, 11n2 + 1
2 a Term n2 + 5 1st difference 2nd difference
1 6
2 9 3
3 14 5 2
4 21 7 2
5 30 9 2
3 a
b Pattern number 1 2 3 4 5
Number of green squares 1 4 9 16 25
Number of blue squares 4 8 12 16 20
Number of red squares 4 4 4 4 4
Total number of squares, S 9 16 25 36 49
c i 40ii 4iii 144
d i 4nii 4iii n2
e S = n2 + 4n + 4 or S = (n + 2)2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 104 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
105
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 184–185)1 a tn = n2 − 2n + 4 b tn = n2 − 2n + 1 c tn = n2 − 2n + 7 d tn = 2n2 − 4n + 8 e tn = 2n2 − 4n + 3
2 a Ac b Ba c Cb d Dd3 a Un = n2 + 3n − 2 b Un = n2 + 2n − 5 c Un = n2 + 4n + 3 d Un = n2 − n + 1
4 a Un = 2n2 + 3n − 5
b Un = 12 n2 − 2n + 3
c Un = 3n2 − 5n + 2 d Un = 6 − 3n − n2
Developing fl uency (page 185)1 a 11, 13, 17, 23, 31 b No, the 11th term will not be prime. If n = 11, n2 − n + 11 is divisible by 11.2 a = 1.5, b = 43 a = 3, b = 1, c = 194 a 41, 43, 47, 53, 61 b 41st term is not prime5 tn = 1.5n2 + 1.5n
Problem solving (pages 186–187)1 a (teams, matches), (2, 1), (3, 3), (4, 6) b 28 c 1
2 (n(n – 1))
d 380
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 105 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Sequences Unit 6 The nth term of a quadratic sequence Band i
106
2 a 24 b (n + 1)2 − 1 c Pattern 123 a 14 for shape 2, 27 for shape 3 b 65 c 2n2 + 3n d 2n2 + 6n4 77
Reviewing skills (pages 187)1 a Un = n2 − 2n − 3 b Un = 14 − n − 2n2
2 a = 3, b = 4, c = 5, d = 9, e = 60
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 106 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015107
3Unit 2 Answers
Practising skills (pages 192–193)1 a x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
3x 0 3 6 9 12 15 18
+ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
y = 3x + 1 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
b
14
16
18
20
y
x
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
c i 3.5ii 17.5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 107 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
108
2 a x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
2x 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
− 3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3
y = 2x − 3 −3 −1 1 3 5 7 9
b
10
0
12
y
x
8
6
4
2
0
–21 2 3 4 5 6
c i 4ii 2
3 a x −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4
5x −20 −15 −10 −5 0 5 10 15 20
− 2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2
y = 5x − 2 −22 −17 −12 −7 −2 3 8 13 18
b
−8
−12
−14
−16
−20
−22
−24
−6
−4
−2
2
4
x
y
−2 0 −2−4 −4−6−8−10−12−14
−10
c i −1.6ii 15.5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 108 13/04/16 10:51 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
109
4 a x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
4x 0 4 8 12 16 20 24
− 3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3
y = 4x − 3 −3 1 5 9 13 17 21
b
321
8
2
−2
46
101214161820
y
x04 5
c i 4.5ii 19
5 a x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
2x 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
+ 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
y = 2x + 5 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
b
3210
8
246
101214
1618
20
04 5
x
y
c i 5.5ii 12
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 109 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
110
Developing fl uency (pages 193–194)1 a Weight (kg) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
40W 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320
+ 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Time (T = 40W + 20) 60 100 140 180 220 260 300 340
b
3210
80
204060
100120140
T = 40W + 20160180200
04 5 6 7
220240260280300320340
T
W
c i 20ii The extra 20 min
d 280 mine 4.5 kg
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 110 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
111
2 a Number of hours (t) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3t 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
+ 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
C = 3t + 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28
b
3210
8
246
101214
C = 3t + 41618
20
04 5 6 7
2224262830
C
t
c £17.50d 2.5 hours
3 a Weight of apples (kg) 5 10 15 20
Cost (£) 6 12 18 24
b
6420
8
246
101214 C = 1.2W
1618
20
08 10 12 14 16 18
2224C (£)
W (kg)
c £9.50d 17.5 kg
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 111 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
112
4 a Weight of potatoes (kg) 1 2 3 4 5 6
Cost (£) 0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4
b
321
2
1
–1
3
W (kg)
04 5 6
C (£)
c £2.80d 3.5 kg
e i −0.8ii The free first kilo of potatoes
5 a x −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5
4x −8 −4 0 4 8 12 16 20
− 2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2 −2
y = 4x − 2 −10 −6 −2 2 6 10 14 18
b
1
2
−2−4−6−8
−10
468
1012
14
16
0 2 3 4−1x
y
y = 4x – 2
c 0.5
6 a x −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
− x 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −6 −7 −8 −9 −10
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
y = 8 − x 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 112 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
113
b
642
4
2
6
8
0 8x
y
y = 8 – x
c 9d 9
7 a x −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
− 2x 4 2 0 −2 −4 −6 −8 −10 −12 −14 −16
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
y = 12 − 2x 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 −2 −4
b
321
8
6
4
2
10
12
14
0 4 5 6 7–1
–2
x
y
y = 12 – 2x
c −1.5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 113 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
114
Problem solving (page 195)1 a n 0 200 400 600
20 20 20 20 20
0.05n 0 10 20 30
C = 20 + 0.05n 20 30 40 50
b Straight line drawn from (0, 20) to (600, 50)
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550500
20
51015
253035
C = 20 + 0.05n4045
50
0
55C
nc 2000
2 a n 0 200 400 600
5 5 5 5 5
n20
0 10 20 30
T = 5 + n20 5 15 25 35
b Straight line drawn from (0, 5) to (600, 35)
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550500
10
5
15
T = 5 + 20
25
30
0
T
n
n20
c 700
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 114 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
115
3 a x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
2x −6 −4 −2 0 2 4 6
− 1 −1 −1 −1 −1 −1 −1 −1
y = 2x − 1 −7 −5 −3 −1 1 3 5
b Straight line drawn from (–3, –7) and (3, 5)
1
1
−1−2−3−4−5−6
234
0−1−2 2x
y
y = 2 x – 1
c y = 2.4d x = –1.75e 2 ≠ 2 × (–1.5) – 1 as 2 × (–1.5) – 1 = –4
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 115 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
116
Reviewing skills (page 196)1 a x 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2
2x 10 8 6 4 2 0 −2 −4
− 5 −5 −5 −5 −5 −5 −5 −5 −5
y = 2x − 5 5 3 1 −1 −3 −5 −7 −9
b
1
1
−1−2−3−4−5−6−7
−8
234
0−1 2 3 4x
y
y = 2 x – 5
c i 0ii −1.5
2 a x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5
3x −9 −6 −3 0 3 6 9 12 15
+5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
y = 3x + 5 −4 −1 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
b
1
2
−2
468
1012
14
0−1−2 2 3 4x
y
1618
y = 3x + 5
c −0.3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 116 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 2 Plotting graphs of linear functions Band f
117
3 a £0.50b m 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
0.5m 0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 15
+ 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
C = 4 + 0.5m 4 6.5 9 11.5 14 16.5 19
c
151050
4
6
8
2
1012141618
C = 4 + 0.5m
m0
20 25
C
d i £13.00ii 14 min
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 117 13/04/16 10:52 AM
3
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015118
Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (pages 199–202)1 a i A C
ii A B b i x = 6
ii y = 32 a i (2, 1)
ii (3, 1) iii (3, 5)
b 4c 1d 4
3 a For example, the start and end points of each line are:i (3, 0) and (6, 3)ii (2, 0) and (5, 6)iii (0, 0) and (3, 6)iv (0, 2) and (4, 6)
b i 1ii 2iii 2iv 1
c i and ivii and iii
4 a 3; y = 3x − 1b 1; y = x + 1c 0; y = 0d 4; y = 4x + 2e −1; y = −x + 2 f −2; y = −2x + 5 g −3; y = −3x − 3 h −5; y = −5x + 8
5 a For example the start and end points of the lines are:i (0, 0) and (2, 6)ii (2, 0) and (3.2, 6)iii (0, 6) and (6, 0)iv (0, 3) and (6, 0)
b i 3ii 5iii −1iv −0.5
c Negative gradient
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 118 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 3 The equation of a straight line Band g
119
6 a For example (0, −3) and (2, 1)b
321–1
4
2
–2
– 4
6
8
04
y
xy = 2 x – 3
c i 2ii −3
d Part i refers to the multiple of x, which is 2. Part ii refers to the constant subtraction, −3.
7 a x −2 −1 0 1 2
4x −8 −4 0 4 8
−3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3
y = 4x − 3 −11 −7 −3 1 5
x −2 −1 0 1 2
5x −10 −5 0 5 10
+2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2
y = 5x + 2 −8 −3 +2 7 12
b
0–1–2 1 2x
y = 5x + 2
y = 4x – 3
4
2
–2
–4
–6
–8
–10
6
8
10
y
c Gradient of y = 5x + 2 is 5; gradient of y = 4x − 3 is 4 d Intercept of y = 5x + 2 is 2; intercept of y = 4x − 3 is −3e You can see the answers in the equationsf Gradient = 8, intercept = −5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 119 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 3 The equation of a straight line Band g
120
8 a A:i (0, 8) (4, 0) ii −2iii 8
B:i (4, 8) (1, 0) ii 2.666iii −8/3
C:i (0, 3) (5, 8) ii 1iii 3
D:i (0, 5) (5, 0) ii −1iii 5
E:i (0, 1) (8, 1) ii 0iii 1
b i No line matchesii Diii Aiv Cv E Line B is y = 8
3 x − 8
3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 120 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 3 The equation of a straight line Band g
121
Developing fl uency (pages 202–203)1 B, C, A2 i C
ii A, Fiii A, B iv E v E
3 a
0–1–2–3–4–5–6 1 2 3 4 5 6x
4
2
–2
–4
–6
–8
–10
A
F C
DB
E
6
8
10
11
12
y
b A and E; B and D; C and Fc A and F; B and E
4 a y = 3xb y = 2x + 3c y = 4x + 1d y = x − 2
5 a
– 2
– 8– 6– 4
0
246
–10
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6–6
y = – 3
y = – x + 5
y=–2 x+5
y – 3 = 0
1012
y + 2 x = 4
y + x = 6
x – 2 = 0y
x
x = 4
8
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 121 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 3 The equation of a straight line Band g
122
b i (x = 4) and viii (x − 2 = 0);ii (y = −3) and vii (y − 3 = 0);iii (y + x = 6) and vi (y = −x + 5);iv (2x + y = 4) and v (y = −2x + 5)
c From their gradients (you have to rearrange some equations to y = mx + c format to find gradient, m)6 a C = 0.05m + 20
b £80c 1600 miles
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 122 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 3 The equation of a straight line Band g
123
Problem solving (pages 204–205)1 a C = 5d + 10
b Cost to hire is 5 pounds per day plus £10 c i It is a constant rate per day (i.e. doesn’t get more expensive per day with every day hired)
ii There is a base cost of £102 a B and E; C and D are parallel
b B and C meet at (0, 3)3 a B: C = 25 + 0.3m; C: C = 65
b
604020
20
10
30
40
50
080 100 120 140 160 180 200
60
70
0
80
C
m
C: C = 65A: C = 50 + 0.1m
B: C = 25 + 0.3m
c Company C4 a i 2
ii −3b y = 2x − 3c No, as 12 ≠ 2(8) − 3d y = 2x + 1
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 123 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 3 The equation of a straight line Band g
124
Reviewing skills (page 205)1 A: y = 4x + 3
B: y = 8x + 2 C: y = 2x − 2 D: y = −5x + 4 E: y = −x − 5 F: y = 6x − 3
2 a x = −4 b y = 3x + 1 c y = −x + 4 d y = −1
2x + 3
e y = 33 a C = 40 + 30h b i £40
ii £30 per hourc 7 hours
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 124 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
125
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 210–211)1 a x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
x2 9 4 1 0 1 4 9
+ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
y = x2 + 1 10 5 2 1 2 5 10
b
3x
y
210
2
4
6
8
10
–1–2–3
c x = 0d (0, 1)e −1.2 and +1.2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 125 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
126
2 a x −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
− x2 −16 −9 −4 −1 0 −1 −4 −9 −16
y = 12 − x2 −4 3 8 11 12 11 8 3 −4
b
–1–2–3 1 2 3x
–20
6
4
2
8
10
12
y
c x = 0d (0, 12)e −3.5 and 3.5
3 a x −1 0 1 2 3 4 5
x2 1 0 1 4 9 16 25
− 4x 4 0 −4 −8 −12 −16 −20
y = x2 – 4x + 2 7 2 −1 −2 −1 2 7
b
2 3 4 51– 1– 1– 2
– 3
x0
21
34567
c x = 2d (2, −2)e 1 and 3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 126 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
127
4 a x −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
x − 2 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4
y = (x − 2)2 16 9 4 1 0 1 4 9 16
b
10–1– 2 3 4 5 6x
4
2
2
10
8
6
12
14
16y
c x = 2d (2, 0)e x = 4.65, −0.65
5 a x −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4
2x2 32 18 8 2 0 2 8 18 32
+ 3 +3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
y = 2x2 + 3 35 21 11 5 3 5 11 21 35
b
–3 –2 –1– 4 1 2 3 4x
105
0
252015
303540
y
c Symmetry x = 0, intercept y = 3, min point (0, 3)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 127 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
128
6 a x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
x3 −27 −8 −1 0 1 8 27
+ 2 +2 2 2 2 2 2 2
y = x3 + 2 −25 −6 1 2 3 10 29
b
–1–2–3 1 2 3x
– 25–20–15
0–5
–10
5101520
3025
y
c Crosses x at −1.26 and crosses y at 2d Rotational symmetry order 2 about (0, 2)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 128 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
129
Developing fl uency (pages 211–212)1 a
–1 1 2 3 4 5x
– 25–20–15
0–5
–10
5101520
3025
y
b x = 1, 3c x = −0.6, 4.6d The minimum point is (2, −1), the curve does not go below y = −1
2 a
–1–2 1 2 3
– 25–20–15
0–5
–10
5101520
3025
y
x
b x = 2c when x > 2d mirror images about the line y = 0
3 a x 0 1 2 3 4
x3 0 1 8 27 64
− 6x2 0 −6 −24 −54 −96
11x 0 11 22 33 44
− 6 −6 −6 −6 −6 −6
y = x3 − 6x2 + 11x − 6 −6 0 0 0 6
b
–1 21– 2 3 4 5 6x
105
0
252015
–20–25
–5–10–15
30y
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 129 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
130
c x = 1, 2, 3d One value; x = 3.2e x = 3.8
4 a
3 4 5 620x
1
10
50403020
60708090
100y
b 80 mc 6 seconds
5 a
10
15
5
–50
–10
–1–3 –2 21 3x
y
b x = −3 and x = + 2.3 with a crossover at −0.4 AO3, 1b6 h = 10 + 8t − 5t2
a t 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
+ 8t 0 4 8 12 16 20
− 5t2 0 −1.25 −5 −11.25 −20 −31.25
h = 10 + 8t − 5t2 10 12.75 13 10.75 6 −1.25
b
0.4 1.61.20.8 2 2.4 2.8t
–2.5
–5
5
7.5
10
12.5
15
2.5
0
h
c 13.2 md 1.6 seconds
e i After 2.4 secondsii The pebble is under the sea, so its motion won’t be modelled by the same equation; graph doesn’t have any
meaning after 2.4 s
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 130 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
131
Problem solving (pages 213–214)1 a −4 � x � 1
b −1 � x � 4 c −2 � x � 2 d (1.5, −6.25) e (−1.5, 6.25)
2 a x < −2 and 0 < x < 2 b x < −2 and 0 < x < 2 c x < −2 and 0 < x < 2 d They are reflections of each other in the x-axis. e Rotational symmetry order 2 about the origin.
3 a check − put values of h and t from table into equationb h
t
202530354045
15105
–5–10–15–20–25–30–35–40–45–50–55–60–65–70–75–80–85–90–95
02 4 6 8
h = 30t – 5t2
c 4 secondsd 80 m
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 131 13/04/16 10:52 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
132
4 a Length x, width is 12
(80 − 2x) so A = x(40 − x)
b
c 15 cm (or 25 cm) d when x = 20, curve is maximum. 4 × 20 = 80 = perimeter, which is square
5 a v
x
100
150
200
250
300
50
020 4 6 8 10
V = 2x2(10 – x)
b 4.1 cmc approx. 292 cm3 × 5 = 1460 cm3
0
100
200
300
400
500
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
x
y
40
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 132 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
133
6 a v 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
20v 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
6000v 1200 600 400 300 240 200 171.4 150
C = 20v + 6000v
1300 800 700 700 740 800 871.4 950
b
v
c
200250300350400450500550600650700750800850900950
1000105011001150120012501300
100150
50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
C = 20v + 6000v
c 17.3 km/h
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 133 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 4 Plotting quadratic and cubic graphs Band g
134
Reviewing skills (page 215)1 a x −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
5x −5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
− x2 −1 0 −1 −4 −9 −16 −25 −36
y = 5x − x2 −6 0 4 6 6 4 0 −6
b
–6
–8
–4
–2
2
4
6
8
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y = 5x – x2
y
x
c Symmetrical about x = 2.5; maximum point (2.5, 6.25), crosses x at 0 and 5 d x = 0, 5
2 a x 0 10 15 20 25 35
0.7x 0 7 10.5 14 17.5 24.5
− 0.02x2 0 −2 −4.5 −8 −12.5 −24.5
y = 0.7x − 0.02x2 0 5 6 6 5 0
b
0
2
4
6
8
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
x
y
y = 0.7x – 0.02 x2
c 30 m and closer
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 134 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
135
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (page 219)1 a and f, b and d, c and g; e is the odd one out.
2 a i is the same as v.
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
–2
–4
0–4 2 4 6 8 10
y = 2x + 10
y = 2x + 5
y = 2x + 3
y = 2x – 1
y = 2x – 3
y
x–2
b i 3ii 10iii 1iv −3v 5
c i y = 2x + 3ii y = 2x + 10iii y = 2x − 1iv y = 2x − 3v y = 2x + 5
3 a 3b Substituting values for x and y into the equation gives 11 = 6 + k.c k = 5; y = 3x + 5d (0, 5)
4 a y = 3x − 2b y = 7x − 9c y = 2x − 19
d y = 12x + 1
e y = −12x + 3
5 a 9 − 14 − 2 = 4
b y = 4x − 7c Check: 9 = 4(4) − 7
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 135 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 5 Finding equations of straight lines Band h
136
6 i a 1.5b y = 1.5x − 0.5c check: 1 = 1.5 − 0.5, 7 = 1.5 × 5 − 0.5
ii a 1b y = x + 2c check: 3 = 1 + 2, 7 = 5 + 2
iii a 1.5b y = 1.5x − 0.5c check: 4 = 1.5 × 3 − 0.5, 7 = 1.5 × 5 − 0.5
iv a 47
b y = 47x + 4
17
c check: 3 = −87 + 4
17, 7 =
207 + 4
17
v a − 23
b y = 23x + 10
13
c check: 9 = 43 + 10
13, 7 =
103 + 10
13
Developing fl uency (pages 220–221)1 a y = 2x + 4 and y = 3x + 5
b (0, 4) and (0, 5) c i blue
ii blueiii blueiv neitherv blue
2 Gradient is 3 Gradient is −7
y-Intercept is 6 y = 3x + 6 y = −7x + 6
y-Intercept is −5 y = 3x − 5 y = −7x − 5
3 a l: y = − x + 4, m: y = x − 2b
2
4
–2
–4
0–4 –2 2 4 6
y = –x + 4
y = x – 2
x
y
–6
–6
c 90 degrees; they are perpendicular
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 136 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 5 Finding equations of straight lines Band h
137
4 a y = x + 1b y = x + 2c y = x + 4d y = x + 4e y = x + 2f y = x + 1
a is same as f; b as e; c as d5 Always negative. If a > b, then point B always has a greater y value, but lower x value than point A − the line
between them has a negative gradient. If b > a the reverse applies, but the line between them still has a negative gradient.
6 a y = x; y = −x + 12; x = 1b
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
–2
–4
–6
0–6 –4 –2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
y
x
c isoscelesd 25 units2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 137 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 5 Finding equations of straight lines Band h
138
7 a
2
4
6
8
–2
–4
0–6–8–10 –4 –2 2 4 6 8 10
y
x
–6
–8
–10
–12
–14
–16
y = –2x + 13
y = –3x + 7
y = 2x – 3
y = 3x – 17
10
12
14
16
18
–18
b A(4, −5), B(2, 1), C(4, 5), D(6, 1)c A kited (4, 1)e AC: x = 4; BD: y = 1
Problem solving (pages 221–222)1 a l : y = 2x − 1; m: y = −3x + 4
b
2
4
6
8
10
–2
–4
–6
–8
–10
0 2 4 6 8 10
y
x–2–4–8–10 –6
y = 2x + 1y = –3x + 4
c (1, 1)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 138 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 5 Finding equations of straight lines Band h
139
2 a p: y = 3x − 7; q: y = −2x − 2b
−2
−4
−6
2
4
6
10 2 3 4−1x
y
Q P
c (1, −4)d −4 = −4(1) so true
3 a r: y = x + 5, s: x + y = 1b (−2, 3)c x + x + 5 = 1 x = −2. Y = 3. They are the same.
4 a
−2
−4
2
4
6
8
−1−2−3 0 1 2x
y
M
L
b l: y = 4x + 6; m: 4x + 3y = 6c (−0.75, 3)d 4x + 3(4x + 6) = 4x + 12x + 18 = 6 16x = −12 x = −0.75
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 139 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 5 Finding equations of straight lines Band h
140
5 a
2
4
6
8
10
–2
–4
–6
–8
–10
0 2 4 6 8 10
y
x–2–4–8–10 –6
b (3, 1)c y = 3x − 8d 27 square units
6 a Both lines have gradient −2b
−10
−5
5
10
5 10x
y
−5−10
c y = 12
x + 4
d y + 2x = 9, x = 2, y = 5 so 5 + 2 × 2 = 9
y = 12
x + 4, x = 2, y = 5 so 12 × 2 + 4 = 5
e 5 square units
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 140 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 5 Finding equations of straight lines Band h
141
Reviewing skills (page 222)1 a y = 2x + 5
b y = −x + 7c y = 3x − 1
2 a
−2
2
4
6
8
10 2 3 4 5 6−1x
y
P
b (1, 5)c Derive the equation of the line as y = −2x + 7. Insert coordinates P to prove.
3 a Gradient of both AB and CD is 43, therefore they are parallel. Gradient of AD and BC is 0 therefore they are parallel. Gradient AC is 4
9; gradient BD is − 4
3 so the diagonals are not perpendicular and therefore ABCD is not
a rhombus.b AC: y = 4
9; BD y = −4
3x + 8
c Substitute the coordinates into both equationsd
−2
2
4
6
8
10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9−1x
y
B
E
A D
C
4 b y = 2x – 5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 141 13/04/16 10:53 AM
3
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015142
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 225–227)1 a A: – 43; B: 38; C: – 14; D: – 2; E: – 83; F: – 4; G: 34; H: 12 b A and G; B and E; C and F; D and H2 a A: 3; B: – 12; C: 3; D: –5; E: 1; F: – 13; G: 2; H: –1
b i A and C ii B and G; A and F; C and F; E and H
3 a Line A i 3 ii (0, −1) iii y = 3x − 1 Line B i −3 ii (0, 2) iii y = −3x +2
Line C i −13 ii (0, 3) iii y = − 13x +3
Line D i 13 ii (0, −1) iii y = 13x − 1
b A and C; B and D4 a i 2y = x + 2 and y = 12x − 3; y – 2x + 4 = 0 and 2y + x – 7 = 0
ii y = 2(2x + 1) and x + 4y = 1
iii y = 3x – 2 and 2x + 5y + 10 = 0
b 3y = x + 95 a Gradient of red line = 12, gradient of green line = 12; so lines are parallel.
−2 × 12 = −1 so lines are perpendicular to blue line.
b Red line: y = 12x + 2, green line: y = 12x − 16 a y = 5x + 1
b y = –15
x + 1
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 142 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 6 Perpendicular lines Band i
143
Developing fl uency (pages 228–229)1 a y x= 2
b y x= − +12 5
c (10, 0) d 20 square units2 a, b, c, e
210−1−2−3−4 3 4 5 6x
y
P
1
32
54
76
89
10
c y x= − +12 6
d (0, 6)e y x= +2 6f y x= − +1
272 or y x= − +1
2172
3 a y x= +14 2
b y x= − +4 19 c (0, 19) d 34 square units4 a i y = 2x − 1 and y = − 12 x + 32
ii y = 3x − 2 and y = − 13 x + 43
iii y = 4x − 3 and y = − 14 x + 54
b y mx m 1( )= − − and y m xmm
1 1= − + +
5 y = 43x + 13 and y = − 34 x + 4 346 y = 2x − 107 a Pupils’ own drawings. b (2, −2) c Q y x: 3 4 = − + ; R y x: 2 1 = − −
d Q : y = −3(2) + 4 = −2; R: y = − 22 − 1 = −2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 143 13/04/16 10:53 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 6 Perpendicular lines Band i
144
Problem solving (pages 230–231)1 a Equations are: y = 12 x + 2; y = 12 x − 12 ; y = −2x + 2; y = −2x − 8
b Area is 10 square units.2 a
1−1
1
0
32
54
76
89
−1−2−3−4−5 2 3 4 5
−2
x
y
M L
b −( )83 ,113
c L: y = 2(83 ) + 9 = 113 ; M y = −(−83) + 1 = 113
3 a y x= − 12 43
b P (0, 4); PQ gradient = − 43 c Q (3, 0). PQ = 5 units d PS is 5 units, base 4 units, height 3 units. S is at point (0 + 4, 4 + 3) = (4, 7)4 (0.8, −0.6)5 Pupils’ own drawings.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 144 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Functions and graphs Unit 6 Perpendicular lines Band i
145
6 a Pupils’ own drawings.
76
1
32
54
76
89
101112131415
543210 8 9 10 11 12x
y
D
C
A
B
b (11, 2.5)
c y x= − + 125 28.9
d y x= − 5122512
e 84.5
Reviewing skills (page 231)1 a y
1
32
54
−4−5
−3−2−1 210−1−2−3−4−5 3 4 5
x
b i y x= −12 3
2 y x= − +15 5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 145 13/04/16 10:54 AM
4
146© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 1 Answers
Practising skills (pages 234–235)1 a 3.6
b Robert knew the solution was between 3.5 and 3.6, and once he worked out that 3.55 was too small, it had to be closer to 3.6.
2 When x = 4.65, x3 + 2x = 109.844 625, which is too small. So the answer is closer to 4.7. Jenny is correct.3 a When x = 2, x3 + 2x = 12, which is less than 20. When x = 3, x3 + 2x = 33 which is more than 20.
b x x3 + 2x Comment
2 12 Too small
3 33 Too large
2.5 20.625 Too large
2.4 18.624 Too small
2.45 19.606 125 Too small
x = 2.5 (to 1 d.p.)
4 x x3 + 6x Comment
2 20 Too small
3 45 Too large
2.3 25.967 Too large
2.2 23.848 Too small
2.25 24.890 625 Too small
x = 2.3 (to 1 d.p.)
5 a 82 = 64 and 92 = 81 and 70 lies between them.b 8.32 = 68.89 and 8.42 = 70.56, so he is correct. c 8.352 = 69.7225 so the root of 70 lies between 8.35 and 8.4, so the square root of 70 = 8.4 (to 1 d.p.)
Developing fl uency (pages 235–236)1 x x3 x2 x3 + x2 Comment
4 64 −16 80 Too small
5 125 25 150 Too large
4.3 79.507 18.49 97.997 Too small
4.4 85.184 19.36 104.544 Too large
4.35 82.312 87 18.9225 101.235 375 Too large
The solution is x = 4.3 (to 1 d.p.)
2 x = 4.2 (to 1 d.p.)3 x = 3.94 3.3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 146 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 1 Trial and improvement Band f
147
5 a x = 1.3b When x = −1, x3 – 3x2 + x = −5. Too small. When x = 0, x3 – 3x2 + x = 0. Too large. So there is a solution between
−1 and 0.When x = 2, x3 – 3x2 + x = −2. Too small. When x = 3, x3 – 3x2 + x = 3. Too large. So there is a solution between 2 and 3.
c x = −0.5
Problem solving (page 236)1 x + 2 = 6.3 cm
2 x = −0.8, x = 1.5 and 4.33 x = 0.2 and x = −4.8
Reviewing skills (page 236)1 a When x = 1, x3 + x = 2 which is less than 9. When x = 2, x3 + x = 10 which is more than 9.
b x x3 + x Comment
1 2 Too small
2 10 Too large
1.9 8.759 Too small
1.95 9.364 875 Too large
x = 1.9 (to 1 d.p.)2 x = 4.8
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 147 13/04/16 10:54 AM
4
148© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 2 Answers
Practising skills (pages 239–240)1 a <
b >c >d <e >f <g >h <
2 a x > 5b x ≥ 5c x ≤ 5d x ≥ 5e x < −5f x ≥ −5g x ≥ 5h x ≤ 5
3 a x ≥ −2b x ≤ 5c −3 < x ≤d −6 ≤ x < 2e −6 < x < −1f −1 ≤ x ≤ 1
4 a 2 9
b 6 8
c –4 –1
d –2 5
5 a 2 < 14 – TRUE b i −9 < 3 – TRUE
ii −6 < 30 – TRUE iii 6 < −30 – FALSE iv −1 < 5 – TRUE v 1 < −5 – FALSE
6 a x < 3b x > −3c x < 5d x ≥ −6 e x > 4f x < 9
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 148 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 2 Linear inequalities Band g
149
7 a 3, 4, 5, 6b −2c 1, 2, 3, 4d −5, −4 , −3, −2, −1, 0, 1
Developing fl uency (pages 240–241)1 a £7 ≤ pay ≤ £11
b age ≥ 18c age > 64d 100 < number < 150 (allow equals as well)e number ≤ 16f 12 ≤ age ≤ 17
2 a 6 < 38 < 7b 9 < 90 < 10c 14 < 199 < 15d 2 < 5 < 3
3 a brother: 2x; sister; x + 10 b 4x < 30c he could be 7d brother 14; sister 17e no
4 a 6wb 3 ≤ w < 7c 18 ≤ 2w2 < 98
5 a x ≥ 4b x < 1c x < 25.5d x ≥ 12
6 a x < 3 b x > −3c x < −3 d x < 3
7 Wendy, because if you divide by a negative number you reverse the sign.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 149 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 2 Linear inequalities Band g
150
8 a i and ii
1–1–1
123
–2–3
–2–3–4–5 2
x<3
x=3
3 4 5
y
x
b i
1–1–1
123
–2–3
–2–3–4–5–6 2
x>–3
3
y
x
ii
1–1–1
123456
–2
–2–3 2
y>4
3
y
x
iii
1–1–1
123
–2–3
–2–3 2
y>x
3
y
x
9 a x < −5b x > 7 c x ≤ −3d x ≥ –1.5, 6 – 4x ≤ 12, 4x – 6 ≥ –12, 4x ≥ –6, x ≥ 1.5 e x > 4f x > 6
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 150 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 2 Linear inequalities Band g
151
Problem solving (pages 242–243)1 a 2n – 7 < 5
b 1, 2, 3, 4, 52 a 2(n – 8) > 11
b 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 193 a Sue is x, Ben is 2x, Ceri is x + 4; so 4x + 4 < 28
b Sue could be 3, 4, 5 years oldc Ben 6, 8, 10 years old; Ceri 7, 8, 9 years old
4 a Narinder is x, Rashmi is x + 2, Bhavinder is 2(x + 2) so 4x +6 < 42b x < 9 c 10 years
5 a 4x + 10 > 21; 4x + 10 < 33b Areas 14 to 50 cm2
6 a 0.5m + 80 < 1mb m > 160
7 a i x = 5ii y = 1iii y = 4
b y ≤ x + 1, x ≤ 5, y ≥ 1, y ≤ 4c 0 ≤ l ≤ 34
8 a They reduce to x < 7, x < 2, x > –1, x > 3, B and D cannot both be satisfied.b A, B and C can be true, if x is 0 or 1.c A, B, C; A, C, D
Reviewing skills (page 243)1 a x < 4
b x > 11c x ≤ 2d x ≥ 2
2 a x > 1b x > −2c x > 2d x < 5
3 a Abbi is a; Bobbi is 2a; Cathy is a – 5; 4a – 5 < 35b a < 10c 18 years
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 151 13/04/16 10:54 AM
4
152© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (page 246)1 a x = 6, y = 3
b x = 12, y = 4 c x = 3, y = 2d x = −1, y = 2
2 a x = −2, y = −4b x = 7, y = 3 c x = −2, y = –1d x = 7, y = 5
3 a x = 3, y = 1b x = −3, y = −3c x = 4, y = 10d x = 1, y = 9
4 a x = 5, y = 1b x = 5, y = 1c x = 5, y = 1d x = 5, y = 1
5 a x = 8, y = 2 b x = −6, y = −2c x = 4, y = 3d x = 2, y = 4
Developing fl uency (pages 246–247)1 a y = 2x, x + y = 15
b x = 5, y = 102 x + y = 6, x – y = 1, x = 3.5, y = 2.5 3 a h = 2p, 3h + 4p = 35
b h = £7, p = £3.50c £24.50
4 a r = m + 2, 3r + 5m = 62b r = £9, m =£7
5 s – c = 7, 4s + 7c = 523, stalls cost £52, circle cost £45 6 a x + y = 42; 40y + 16x = 1080
b adults (y) = 17children (x) = 25
7 a Rearrange second equation to x = y + 7, then x = 9, y = 2b Rearrange second equation to x = 2y + 7 then x = 1, y = –3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 152 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 3 Solving pairs of equations by substitution Band h
153
8 a x = 17 – 3yb 5(17 – 3y) – 2y = 0
85 – 17y = 0y = 5x = 22 + 3(5) = 17 TRUE5(2) – 2(5) = 0 TRUE
Problem solving (pages 247–248)1 a m + n = 27
m + 15 = n, or n + 15 = mb 21 and 6 in either combination
2 a X + Y = 12b Y = 12 – Xc In XY, X is the ‘tens’. In YX, Y is the ‘tens’. Thus the numbers are (10X + Y ) and (10Y + X ). The difference
between the two numbers is 18 so (10X + Y ) – (10Y + X ) = 18.d 9X – 9Y = 18
Substitute for Y: 18X – 108 = 1818X = 126X = 7; Y = 5
e XY is 753 a c = 5 + a
b 15a + 10c = 550c a = 20, c =25
4 a l – s = 100, 6l = 10b s = 150, l = 250c 1100 g or 1.1 kg
5 Form equations, solves to find masses of cans as 240 g and 100 g. Works out 90p can is the better buy.
Reviewing skills (page 249)1 a y = 3, x = 9
b x = 4, y = 8c x = −5, y = −2d x = −3, y = −16
2 a x = −4, y = −2b x = 4, y = 8c x = 4, y = −1d x = 1, y = −1
3 a s = 3f ; 40f + 80s = 560b f = 2; s = 6c 8
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 153 13/04/16 10:54 AM
4
154© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 4 Answers
Unit 4 Practising skills (pages 252–253)1 a −4x
b xc −2xd 5xe 0f −6g 45h −8
2 a x = 2, y = −1b x = 5, y = 3c x = −3, y = −1d x = 2, y = −3e x = −3, y = −2f x = 1, y = 4
3 a x = 4, y = 1b x = 5, y = −1c x = 2, y =6d x = 1, y = −4e x = 2, y = −2f x = 5, y = −3
4 a x = 3, y = −2b x = 1, y = −5c x = 4, y = 5d x = −3, y = 2e x = 4, y = 3f x = 6, y = −1
5 a because the coefficients are differentb equation 2 by ×2c x = 2, y = 3
6 a x = 4, y = −3b x = 5, y = −2c x = –3, y = 5d x = 8, y = −1e x = 1, y = −6 f x = -4, y = −5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 154 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 4 Solving simultaneous equations by elimination Band h
155
Developing fl uency (pages 253–254)1 a eq. 1 × 2 and eq. 2 × 3 to eliminate x, or eq. 1 × 3 and eq.2 × 4 to eliminate y.
b x = 5, y = 22 a x = 3, y = 2
b x = 6, y = 1c x = 5, y = −4d x = 5, y = −1e x = 3, y = −4f x = 7, y = 4
3 a 5a + 3b = 118, 8a – 2b = 114 b a = 17, b = 11c Area rectangle = (3(17) – 4(11)) × (17 + 3(11)) = 350
Area triangle = 12
× 2(17) × (17 + 2(11)) = 663
Triangle is bigger in area4 a 5s + 3p = 99, 2s + 4p =62
b s = 15, p = 8c 86 km
5 a 2a + 3c = 24, 3a + 5c = 38 b a = 6, c = 4c £138
6 a (Change the signs), −x + 4y = 6(Add) 4x = 24
b By changing the signs you are doing the equivalent of multiplying by −1. Adding negative values is the same as subtracting.
c x = 6, y = 3
Problem solving (page 255)1 a 4b + a =150
2b + a =100b Banana is 25p and apple is 50pc 575p
2 a 2w + 2l = 32w + 2l = 26
b l = 10 and w = 63 a 2d + 3c = 315
d + 2c = 175b £2275
4 a 4m + 6s = 5445m + 60s = 570
b 6 mountain bikes and 5 sports bikes5 a 10c + 40t = 7.30
5c + 50t = 7.25b c = 0.25 t = 3
25c £4.25
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 155 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 4 Solving simultaneous equations by elimination Band h
156
6 a x + y + (360 − 3x) = 180b x + 2y = 180 (as the triangle is isosceles)c x + y + (360 − 3x) = 180, so 180 + y = 2x Substituting x + 2y = 180, (x = 180 − 2y) we have 180 + y = 2(180 − 2y) 180 + y = 360 − 4y, 5y = 180, y = 36 so x = 108 as 108 = 3 × 36, x = 3yd As x = 3y and x + 2y = 180, then 3y + 2y = 180, 5y = 180, y = 36
Reviewing skills (page 256)1 a x = 2, y = −1
b x = 4, y = 2c x = 3, y = −3
2 a x = 12, y = 5b x = 4, y = −3c x = 5, y = −2
3 a x = 2, y = 0b x = 5, y = 3c x = 8, y = 3
4 a 4p + 3a = 753p + a = 45
b A peach tree is £12 and an apple tree is £9c £99
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 156 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
4
157
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 258–259)1 a (3, 1)
b x = 3, y = 1c 3 + 1 = 4, 1 = 3 – 2
2 a (1, 1) b i x = 1, y = 1
ii 16x – 12 = 3x + 1, x = 1, y = 13 a m is y = x, e is 3y = 4x – 1
b (1, 1) c i x = 1, y = 1
ii 3x = 4x – 1 or 3y = 4y – 1, x = 1, y = 14 a f then e
b (1, 2) c 3y = x + 5 and x + 2y = 5d Proof by substitution
5 a x 0 1 2 3
3x 0 3 6 9
−2 −2 −2 −2 −2
y = 3x – 2 −2 1 4 7
b x 0 1 2 3
6x 6 6 6 6
−x 0 −1 −2 −3
y = 6 – x 6 5 4 3
c
20–2 4 6 8
5
10
15
20
25
–5
–10
y
x
d (2, 4)e x = 2, y = 4
Substitution method: 6 – x = 3x − 2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 157 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations Band h
158
6 a
5
10
–5 50 10
y
x
b (−1, 2)7 a x 0 1 2 3
y = 8 − x 8 7 6 5
b x 0 1 2 3
y = x + 4 4 5 6 7
c
1–1–1
123456789
2 3 4 5
y
x
d (2, 6) x = 2, y = 6e x = 2, y = 6 via substitution, x + 4 = 8 − x
8 a
1–1–1
123
–2–3
–2–3 2 3
y
x
b (0, −1), x = 0, y = −1c x – 1 = 3x – 1, x = 0, y = −1
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 158 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations Band h
159
Developing fl uency (pages 260–261)1 a 4x = 2x2 4 = 2x x = 2 y = 8
b
–5
–10
5
10
–5–10 50 10
y
x
c check graph2 a x + 3 = 4x – 3
x = 2, y = 5b
1–1–1–2–3–4
12345678
2 3
y
x
c check graphd 5 = 8 – 3, 5 = 2 + 3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 159 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations Band h
160
3 a (1, 5)
2–2–2
2468
–4–6–8
–4–6–8–10 4 6 8 10
y
x
b 5 = 3 + 3, 1 + 5 = 64 a There is no solution, 2x + 3 can never be equal to 2x – 1.
b The coefficients of x are the same, the coefficients of y are the same.c
1–1–1–2–3–4
12345678
2 3
y
x
d The lines are parallel so there is no solution, they will never intersect.5 a
20
123456789
10
4 6 8 10 12
2x + 3y = 24
y = x + 3
y
x
b x = 3 and y =6c Students’ own check.d 40.5 square units
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 160 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations Band h
161
6 a i C = 30 + 18uii C = 50 + 16u
b
15
100
200
300
x
y
105
c i u = 10; £2.10ii Students’ own check.
d Sparkle7 a
−1−1−2−3−4−5−6−7−8−9
−10
1
123456789
10
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10x
y
−2−3−4−5−6−7−8−9−10
b (−4, 5), (4, 7),( 6, −1) and (−2, −3)c Students’ own check.d Square
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 161 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations Band h
162
Problem solving (pages 261–263)1 a C = 50m, C = 20m + 600
b
500
20406080
100120140160180200
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
y
x
c Cars 2 go2 a x 0 1 2 3 4 5
3x 0 3 6 9 12 15
−3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3
y = 3x – 3 -3 0 3 6 9 12
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
3x 0 3 6 9 12 15
−9 −9 −9 −9 −9 −9 −9
y = 3x – 9 −9 −6 −3 0 3 6
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
−3x 0 −3 −6 −9 −12 −15
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
y = −3x + 15 15 12 9 6 3 0
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
−3x 0 −3 −6 −9 −12 −15
+9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9
y = 3x + 9 9 6 3 0 −3 −6
b y
x
5
0 5
c P: (3, 0), Q: (2, 3), R: (3, 6), S: (4, 3)d Students’ check their answer.e rhombus
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 162 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations Band h
163
3 a
1
123456789
10
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10x
y
y = x –3
2y = x + 4
x + 2y = 12
b i (4, 4), (6, 3), (10, 7)ii A: x = 4 and y = 4; B: x = 6 and y = 3; C: x = 10 and y = 7
c i
1
123456789
10
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12x
y
ii x = 4, x = 10, y = 3, y = 7iii 24 square units
d 6 square units
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 163 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations Band h
164
4 a i 30m + 8t = 500ii 20m + 12t = 500
b
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10 20 30x
y
Q mobile
Pear
c 10 minutes of calls, 25 texts d i
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10 20 30x
y
ii Daisy would have to top up 60p.iii Chloe would have 60p credit left.
5 (0.5, 2) (−1, −1.5) (please note that the answers have been rounded)6 (−1, 2) (2.5, −2) (please note that the answers have been rounded)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 164 13/04/16 10:54 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Algebraic methods Unit 5 Using graphs to solve simultaneous equations Band h
165
Reviewing skills (page 263)1 a
1–1–2
2468
10
–4–6–8
–10
–2 2 3 4 5 6
y
x
b (2, −1)c –1 = 4 – 5; –1 = 6 – 7
2 a
1 –1–2
2468
10
y
x
–4–6–8
–10
–223456
b 1 = –3 + 4; 1 = –1 + 2c Students’ check their answer.
3 a i C = 150 + 2mii C = 100 + 4m
b
10
100200300400500
20
Equation 1: y = 150 + 2xEquation 2: y = 100 + 4x
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100x
y
c i 25 miles; £200ii Students’ own check.
d i Gwilym’s Coaches ii £110
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 165 13/04/16 10:55 AM
166
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 1 Answers
Practising skills (pages 267–268)1 a x2 + 3x
b x2 – x c x2 – 25d x2 + x – 6 e x2 – 3x – 40f x2 – 5x + 4g x2 – 4
2 a added 7; multiplied 12b added 8; multiplied 12c added 5; multiplied 4d added 4; multiplied −5e added 6; multiplied 9f added 6; multiplied −16g added −7; multiplied 12h added 0; multiplied −4
3 a 4 and 2b 4 and −2c −4 and 2d −4 and −2e 8 and 1f 8 and −1g −8 and 1h −8 and −1
4 a −3 and −2b 3 and 2c −3 and 2d 3 and −2e 6 and 1f 6 and −1g −6 and −1h −6 and 1
5 a 2(a + 5) + 7(a + 5) = 9 (a + 5)
b 12(b – 6) – 3(b – 6) = 9 (b – 6)
c 8(c + 2) + (c + 2) = 9 (c + 2)
d –2(d – 7) + (d – 7) = –1 (d – 7)
6 a x(x + 5) + 7(x + 5) = x + 7 (x + 5)
b x(x – 6) – 3(x – 6) = x + 3 (x – 6)
c x(x + 2) + (x + 2) = x + 1 (x + 2)
d –x(x – 7) + (x – 7) = – x + 1 (x – 7)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 166 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Working with quadratics Unit 1 Factorising quadratics Band h
167
7 a x2 + 2x + 4 x + 8
x(x + 2) + 4 (x + 2)
x + 4 (x + 2)
b x2 – 3x – 5 x + 15
x(x – 3) – 5 x – 3
x – 5 x – 3
c x2 + 4x – 6 x – 24x x + 4 – 6 x + 4
x – 6 x + 4
d x2 + 2 x – 1x – 2x x + 2 – 1 x + 2
x – 1 x + 2
8 a (x + 3)(x + 5)b (x – 4)(x − 5)c (x + 4)(x + 4)d (x + 7)(x − 3)e (x + 2)(x − 3)f (x + 16)(x + 1)g (x + 1)(x − 16)h (x − 10)(x + 2)
9 a x(x + 8)b (x − 10)(x + 10)c (x − 16)d (x − 4)(x + 4)e (x + 1)(x + 6)f (x − 1)(x + 1)g (x − 12)(x + 12)h (x − 5)(x + 5)
Developing fl uency (pages 269–270)1 a PKXM = ac, KSNX = ad, MQLX = bc and XLRN = bd, assuming X is the middle apex b i PMNS
ii MQRNiii PQRS
c (a + b)(c + d)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 167 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Working with quadratics Unit 1 Factorising quadratics Band h
168
2 a
2 cm
3 cm
A
C
B
D
NottoScale
x2 cm2
A is x × 2 cm2
B is 3 × 2 cm2
C is x × x cm2
D is x × 3 cm2
b (x + 3) and (x + 2)c Proof: Area is x2 + 3x + 2x + 6 which equals x2 + 5x + 6 = (x + 3)(x + 2)d Proof: (x + 3)(x + 2) = x2 + 3x + 2x + 6
3 a 2x 8
4xx2
b Sides are x + 2 and x + 4 perimeter = 2[(x + 2) + (x + 4)] = 2[2x + 6] = 4x + 12area = x2 + 2x + 4x + 8 = x2 + 6x + 8
c Proof: Area is x2 + 2x + 4x + 8 = x2 + 6x + 8 = (x + 2)(x + 4)d Proof: x2 + 6x + 8 = x2 + 2x + 4x + 8 = (x + 2)(x + 4)
4 a Figure 1: a2; Figure 2: a(a − b) + b(a − b) = a2 – ab + ab – b2 = a2 − b2 ; Figure 3: a(a − b) + b(a − b) = a2 – ab + ab – b2 = a2 – b2 OR (a + b)(a − b) = a2 – ab + ab – b2 = a2 – b2.
b (a + b)(a − b)c Proof: Area Figure 2 equals area Figure 3. a2 − b2 = (a + b)(a – b)d Proof: Expand (a + b)(a − b) to get a2 – ab + ab – b2 = a2 − b2
5 a i x2 + 11x +10ii x2 + 7x + 10
b 4xc Proof: (2 + 10)(2 + 1) – (2 + 2)(2 + 5) = 36 – 28 = 8 = 2(4) = 4
6 a i x2 + 10x +21ii x2 + 9x + 14
b x + 7c Factorise with (x + 7): (x + 7)((x + 3) – (x + 2)) = (x + 7)(x + 3 − x − 2) = (x + 7)(1) = (x + 7)
Problem solving (page 270)1 642 – 362 = (64 + 36)(64 – 36) = 2800 cm2
2 Let the integer be n, then n2 – 4 = (n + 2)(n – 2), and if n > 3, n – 2 must be at least 2, which means the product is a composite number (with two different factors), it cannot be prime.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 168 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Working with quadratics Unit 1 Factorising quadratics Band h
169
Reviewing skills (page 270)1 a (x – 4)(x – 2)
b (x – 3)(x + 4)c (x – 4)(x + 3)d (x – 2)(x + 5)e (x – 5)(x + 2)f (x – 4)(x – 4)g (x − 7)(x + 7)h (x – 3)(x + 3)
2 Proof: x2 + 8x + 7 – (x2 + 8x + 12) + x2 – 4 = x2 – 9 = (x + 3)(x – 3)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 169 13/04/16 10:55 AM
170
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 2 Answers
Practising skills (page 273)1 a x = –4 or x = −1
b x = −7 or x = 3c x = 1 or x = 1d x = −2 or x = −1
2 a (x – 3)(x – 4); x = 3 or x = 4b (x + 1)(x – 2); x = −1 and x = 2c (x – 3)(x + 5); x = 3 and x = −5d (x + 5)(x + 1); x = −5 and x = −1e (x + 2)(x – 2); x = −2 and x = 2f x (x – 7); x = 0 and x = 7g (x + 4)(x – 3); x = 3 and x = −4h (x + 3)(x – 3); x = −3 and x = 3
3 a x 2 + 4x + 3 = 0; (x + 3)(x + 1) = 0; x = −1 and x = −3b x2 + 2x – 8 = 0; (x + 4)(x – 2) = 0; x = 2 and x = −4c x2 + x = 0; x(x + 1) = 0; x = 0 and x = −1d x2 – 3x – 4 = 0; (x – 4)(x + 1) = 0; x = 4 and x = −1e x2 – 49 = 0; (x + 7)(x – 7) = 0; x = −7 and x = 7
4 a (x + 8)(x – 8) = 0; x = –8 and x = 8b x2 – 9x – 36 = 0; (x – 12)(x + 3) = 0; x = −3 and x = 12c x = 2 and x = −8d (x + 2)(x – 1) = 0; x = −2 and x = 1e x(x – 9) = 0; x = 0 and x = 9
5 a x2 – 8x + 15 = 0b x2 + 8x + 15 = 0c x2 + 2x – 48 = 0d x2 – 1 = 0e x2 + x – 90 = 0f x2 + 6x = 0
Developing fl uency (pages 273–274)1 a x(x + 4)
b x(x + 4) = 45; x2 + 4x – 45 = 0 c (x + 9)(x – 5) = 0; x = −9 or 5 d Taking positive value for x, 5 cm and 9 cm
2 a x(x – 2) = 48; x2 – 2x – 48 = 0, x = 8 and −6b Taking positive value for x, 8 cm by 6 cm
3 12
x(x + 6) = 8; x2 + 6x – 16 = 0; x = 2 and −8. Taking positive value for x, 2 cm base and 8 cm height.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 170 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Working with quadratics Unit 2 Solving equations by factorising Band h
171
4 12
x(x – 2 + x + 6) = 35; x2 + 2x – 35 = 0; x = 5 and −7. Taking positive value for x, 11 cm base, 3 cm for the parallel side and 5 cm height.
Problem solving (page 274)1 a length = (x2 – 64) ÷ (x – 8) = (x + 8)
b x2 – 64 = 36x2 – 100 = 0(x + 10)(x − 10) = 0 x = 10, x = −10Taking positive value for x, length = 18; width = 2
c x – 8 = x – 82
2(x – 8) = (x + 8)2x – 16 = x + 8x = 24
d x =12; therefore perimeter = 482 a 5t(t – 9) = 0; t = 0 or t = 9 seconds
b 5t(t – 9) = 100; t = 4 or t = 5 seconds3 (x + 6)(x – 5) = 26; x2 + x – 30 = 26; x2 + x –56 = 0; (x + 8)(x – 7). Taking positive value for x, x = 7 so length is
13 cm and width is 2 cm.4 (x – 5)2 = 4, so x – 5 = ±2; x is 3 or 75 a (x + 5)2 – 25 = 24; x2 + 10x – 24 = 0; (x + 12)(x – 2) = 0. Then x + 5 = 7, the length is 7 cm.
b The other value of x is –12 and you can’t have a negative length.
Reviewing skills (page 275)1 a x = –2, −3
b x = 2, 4c x = 2, −1d x = 4, −7e x = −1, −4f x = 2, −2g x = 5, −3h x = 10, – 10
2 x2 – 3x – 54 = 0; x = 9 and −6; Taking positive value for x, the rectangle is 9 cm by 6 cm.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 171 13/04/16 10:55 AM
172
1
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (page 279)1 a 15 litres
b 25 litresc 35 litresd 75 litres
2 a 12.5 mb 7.5 cmc 250 cmd 62.5 cm
3 a 16 kmb 32 kmc 160 kmd 288 km
4 a 40 milesb 25 milesc 375 milesd 1250 miles
5 No, she is 56 inches tall and 130 cm is about 59 inches.
Developing fl uency (pages 279–280)1 Jade is taller by 4 cm or 1.6 inches2 a i 10 yards
ii 60 miles b i 4 pints
ii 1 gallonc 8 gallonsd 19.2 kme 88 lbf 7 pintsg 2.5 mh 50 litres
3 a No b i Approximately 105 m by 70 m
ii Approximately 1110 square metres.4 140 g plain flour
224 g caster sugar112 g oats84 g desiccated coconut126 g butter
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 172 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 7 Converting approximately between metric and imperial units Band e
173
5 a Yes; 65 miles is approx 104 km.b £78.40
Problem solving (pages 281–282)1 Yes, because his BMI is 21.2 £4783 No, as it will take her 4 hours 41 minutes.4 43.755 a 0.28
b 58 0006 9709
Reviewing skills (page 282)1 a 6.6 lb
b 8.8 lbc 15.4 lbd 22 lb
2 Megan by 5.5 cm or 2.2 inches.3 In the UK as the cost is 1.16p per gallon, whereas in the USA it is 1.21p per gallon.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 173 13/04/16 10:55 AM
174
1
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 8 Answers
Practising skills (pages 285–286)1 a 040°
b 305°c 110°d 250°
2 Bridgetown 053°; Yapton 090°; Littleton 180°; Hopesville 258°; Kings Chapel 335°3 a 180°
b 090°c 045°d 225°
4 a Northb South-Eastc North-Westd West
5 a i student’s own diagramii x = 75°, y = 285°iii 105°iv 285°
b i student’s own diagramii x =50°, y = 310°iii 130°iv 310°
c i student’s own diagramii x =115 °, y = 245°iii 065°iv 245°
6 Student’s own diagrams7 No, the back bearing is 250°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 174 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 8 Bearings Band e
175
Developing fl uency (pages 286–288)1 a 067°
b 247°2 a 135°
b 315°3 a 132°
b 197°4 a The three towns lie on a straight line.
b Aneesa, you need to know which town is in the middle to be able to work out the back bearing.5 a student’s own diagram
b 9.4 kmc 017°d 197°
6 a 255°b 075°c 037°d 217°e 125°f 305°
7 a 30 milesb 130 miles
c i 293°ii 002°iii 105°iv 115°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 175 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 8 Bearings Band e
176
Problem solving (pages 288–289)1 a student’s own diagram
b 040°2 a student’s own diagram
b 250°c 010°
3 a student’s own diagram, 225°b That the measurements are from the same point in Dalton.
4 See diagram for proof
B
A
100° – 40° = 60°
360° – 140° – 160° = 60°
40°
20°
C
5 4.5 miles6 200°, 290°, 020°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 176 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 8 Bearings Band e
177
Reviewing skills (page 289)1 263°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 177 13/04/16 10:55 AM
178
1
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 9 Answers
Practising skills (pages 291–292)1 a 1 : 2
b 1 : 3c 2 : 3
2 a 3.5 kmb 20.8 cm
3 a 1 : 20 000b 1 : 2500c 1 : 250 000d 1 : 10 000 000
4 a 20 mb 8 cm
5 a Places Distance on map Distance in real life
Library to Sports centre 6 cm 1.2 km
School to park 2.5 cm 0.5 km
Cinema to supermarket 7.5 cm 1.5 km
Café to cinema 10 cm 2 km
Bowling alley to river 9 cm 1.8 km
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 178 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 9 Scale drawing Band f
179
Developing fl uency (pages 292–294)1
2.7 cm
3.1 cm
2.3 cm
2.1 cm
2.0 cm
1.6 cm
2 a student’s own diagramb 12.01 kmc 246°d 066°
3
4 a i cylinderii 40 cm
b i 42.5 cmii grey sail: base = 10 cm by height = 17.5 cm
yellow sail: base = 7.5 cm by height = 10 cmiii student’s own diagram
c i 1.7 mii 1.2 miii Yes
Item Plan measurement
True measurement
Length of patio 4.7 cm 9.4 mWidth of patio 1.9 cm 3.8 mLength of lawn 9.0 cm 18.0 mLength of vegetable patch
5.2 cm 10.4 m
Width of pond 1.4 cm 2.8 mLength of pond 2.4 cm 4.8 mWidth of house 1.9 cm 3.8 mLength of shed 1.9 cm 3.8 mWidth of shed 1.4 cm 2.8 mLength of path 5.2 cm 10.4 m
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 179 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 9 Scale drawing Band f
180
5 a student’s own diagram b i 8 km
ii 6.2 kmiii 12.7 km
c Tom 6.1 km; Molly 7.4 km; Evan 6.5 km6 Many possible answers, though 1 : 110 is sensible as the maximum diagram dimensions are approximately 27.5 cm
deep and 19 cm wide (with a 1 cm border).7 a i 2 km × 1.7 km
ii 3.4 km² b i 0.5 km
ii 0.25 km²c 0.25 km² / cm² × 13.6 cm² = 3.4 km²d 2.8 cm²
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 180 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 9 Scale drawing Band f
181
Problem solving (pages 294–295)1 a student’s own diagram
b 29 m2
Scale: 1 cm to 1 m
3 a student’s own diagramb 15 cm
4 a student’s own diagramb No, 4.2 m
5 a student’s own diagramb 263°, 33.8 miles
6 28 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 181 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 9 Scale drawing Band f
182
Reviewing skills (page 296)1 a student’s own diagram
b 270 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 182 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
183
Unit 10 Answers
Practising skills (pages 298–299)1 a 450 km/h
b 32 km/hc 40 km/h
2
1 m/s 3600 m/h 60 m/min 3.6 km/h
÷ 60÷ 60
÷ 1000× 60
× 1000
× 60
3 a 10 m/sb 36 000 m/hc 36 km/h
4 a 40 km/h b i 2 m/min
ii 3.3 cm/sc 0.22 m/s
5 Jamie: £8.50 per hourAnna: £7.80 per hourJamie is better paid
6 a 1 hour 30 minutes is 112 hours, so it should be written 1.5 not 1.30
b 21 ÷ 1.5c 1 hour 20 minutes is 120
60 or 113 hours, so it should be written 1.33333… not 1.20
d 16 ÷ 1.33333…7 a 2.25 hours
b 3.75 hoursc 5.666… hours d 2.33333… hours
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 183 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 10 Compound units Band g
184
Developing fl uency (pages 299–300)1 126 mph2 Jake: £1.38 per litre
Amy: £1.42 per litreJake’s petrol is cheapest
3 920 g4 a 2.36 m/s
b 67.5 mph5 a 83 miles
b 66.4 mph6 £4787 a 271 million km
b 19 350 mph8 168
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 184 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 10 Compound units Band f
185
Problem solving (page 301)1 UK, by 1.25 mph OR 2 km/h2 31 200 kg3 a 156 miles
b 52 mph 4 3750 seconds5 a 5.4 hectares
b 1000 kg is enough as 993.6 required6 2046 m
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 185 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 10 Compound units Band g
186
Reviewing skills (page 301)1 a 65 km/h
b 18.06 m/s2 Toby earns 30p per hour more3 b 12.1 mph
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 186 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
187
Unit 11 Answers
Practising skills (page 303)1 a Length
b Volumec Areae Areaf Volumeg Volume
2 b, c and d3 b and d4 a, b and c5 b and c6 d7 a and d
Developing fl uency (pages 304–305)1 a r2h(4 + π)
b 2r(4h + 4r + πh)
2 p3 is a length divided by 3 so remains a length. qr is the square root of an area and so is a length. The expression in the brackets is the sum of 2 lengths which makes another length. This is multiplied by a number, 2π, and so remains a length.
3 a4 a 2
b 1c 1d 1
5 a He needs to use an expression that represents volume, i.e. dimension 3. 4r2 + h2 is dimension 2. Only part of the
expressions 13
r2h + πr2 and r2(h + π) have the correct dimension, so these don’t represent anything. i r2h Q 110 + πR
has dimension 3 so is the right answer.b i Only the first part of the expression has the correct dimension for volume. ii 10 wdh
Problem solving (pages 305–306)1 Expanding the brackets gives πr2 + 2πr2h + πrh. The middle term is a volume, not an area.2 a iii
b i
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 187 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 11 Dimensions of formulae Band g
188
3 a 4πR − 4πr + 2πRh + 2πrhb 2π (R + r)(R + h − r) = 2π (R2 + Rh − Rr + Rr +rh − r2)
= 2π (R2 + Rh + rh − r2)= 2π R2 + 2πRh + 2πrh − 2πr2
4 c
Reviewing skills (page 306)1 a 3
b 1c 2d Incorrect formulae 1f Incorrect formula
2 a, b and c
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 188 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
189
Unit 12 Answers
Practising skills (pages 309–310)1 a 1.5 litres of lemonade for 65p
b 12 for 75pc 3 kg of grass seed for £4.20d 1.5 kg for £4.65
2 a 3.57 m/sb 12.86 km/h
3 a 2.11 g/cm3
b 2111.1 kg/m3
4 0.27 g/cm3
5 a nt ms−1
b 3.6nt km/h
6 a 10.5g cm-3
b 84 kg7 a It’s travelling at a constant speed.
b 6 m/s2
c acceleration
Developing fl uency (pages 310–311)1 No, as it will take her 4 hr 41 min.2 In the UK, as the cost is 1.17p per g whereas in the USA it is 1.21p per g.3 £1.174 a A
b Cc B
5 No, change in speed is acceleration. So second car is accelerating, whilst first is at constant speed.6 7.59 g/cm3
7 a Metal A: 2.7 g/cm3 = 2700 kg/m3. Metal B: 8900 kg/m3 = 8.9 g/cm3.b Metal B is heavier.
8 1000 f N/cm2
9 1000mv
kg/m3
10 V × 3600 metres in 1 hour; V × 3600 ÷ 1000 = 3.6 V/kilometres in 1 hour.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 189 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Units and scales Unit 12 Working with compound units Band g
190
Problem solving (pages 311–313)1 a 1.728 seconds
b You may have to take the length of the car into account – that would make it a longer time.2 a 10
b 4.67c 3120
3 The 1.8 l because the unit price is 0.45 litre per pound as against the large bottle at 0.43 litre per pound.4 a 900 kg/m3
b Answer yx
5 £165.106 Yes, because his BMI is 21.7 a 60 g copper and 40 g zinc
b 7.81 g/cm3
8 No, as the mass is 989 g which is less than 1000 g.9 a Difference in daily rate is £5 on first day.
b Equation of blue is 5x + 10Equation of red is 4x + 5
Reviewing skills (page 314)1 13.302 54.5 kg/m3
3 a £75b There is an error on the Student Book. This answer cannot be calculated from the information given.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 190 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
191
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 318–319)1 a = 35°, b = 50°, c = 40°, d = 3°, e = 68°2 a = 90°, b = 193°, c = 118°, d = 48°, e = 134°3 a = 60°, b = 45°, c = 70°, d = 40°, e = 35°, f = 54°4 a = 42°, b = 32°, c = 148°, d = 70°, e = 40°, f = 135° g = 117°, h = 67°5 a 93°
b 125°c 55°d 55°e 90°f 105°
Developing fl uency (pages 320–321)1 a = 70°, b = 55°, c = 55°, d = 85°, e = 23°, f = g = h = 60°2 30°3 Angles a + d = 180° because angles on a straight line add up to 180°
Angles a + b + c = 180° because angles in a triangle add up to 180°So angles a + d = angles a + b + c because both have a sum of 180°So angle d = angles b + cSo the exterior angle of a triangle equals the sum of interior opposite angles.
4 a 45°b 75°
5 x = 74.7°, 2x = 149.3°6 95o
Problem solving (pages 321–322)1 a No
b 25°2 a p = 36°
b s = 72°3 a + b + c = 180° and p + q + r = 180°, so a + b + c + p + q + r = 360°. Hence a + b + p + c + r + q = 360°. So the
sum of the interior angles of the quadrilateral is 360°.4 a Never true, because if it has 3 exterior acute angles then it would have 3 obtuse interior angles which is
impossible.b Never true, because if it has 2 exterior acute angles then it would have 2 obtuse interior angles which is
impossiblec Sometimes true, because if it has 1 exterior acute angle then it would have 1 obtuse interior angle which is
possible.d Sometimes true, because if it has 0 exterior acute angles then it would have 3 acute interior angle which is
possible, for example in an equilateral triangle.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 191 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 5 Angles in triangles and quadrilaterals Band e
192
5 30° and 60°6 x = 90°
Reviewing skills (page 323)1 a = 42°, b = 32°, c = 148°, d = 70°, e = 40°, f = 135°, g = 117°, h = 67°2 a 37° b i square, rhombus, kite
ii
c 140°140°
40°40°
3 90o
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 192 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
193
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (page 326)1 Shape Name of shape How many pairs of
parallel sidesHow many pairs
of equal sidesHow many lines of
symmetry Order of rotational
symmetry
rectangle 2 2 2 2
square 2 2 4 4
parallelogram 2 2 0 2
rhombus 2 2 2 2
trapezium 1 0 0 1no rotational symmetry
isosceles trapezium 1 1 1 1no rotational symmetry
kite 0 2 1 1no rotational symmetry
arrowhead 0 2 1 1no rotational symmetry
2 Rhombus or a square3 Rectangle, square, parallelogram and rhombus4
5 Suzanne is right – A rhombus is a special parallelogram with all sides the same length.Charlie is right – A square is a special rhombus with 4 right angles.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 193 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 6 Types of quadrilateral Band e
194
6 a
b
c No, the angles must add up to 360°So the fourth angle is also 90°
d Yes
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 194 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 6 Types of quadrilateral Band e
195
Developing fl uency (page 327)1 a (4, 5)
b (0, 5)2 (1, 5) (The co-ordinates given for point A should be (1, 2))3 a Parallelogram, rectangle. square, kite, arrowhead
b Rhombus (special case square), kite, parallelogram4 a 5
b 75 a Can: square, rectangle, isosceles trapezium, kite, arrowhead. Cannot: rhombus, parallelogram, trapezium
b Cannot draw parallelogram6 a
a
bS P'
M
P R'
Q'
Q
p
q S'
R
b SRP′ is a straight line since PQ is parallel to SR. So a + b = 180°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 195 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 6 Types of quadrilateral Band e
196
Problem solving (pages 328–329)1
2 34°3 a
b
4 Opposite angles are equal so a + b + a + b =360° so a + b = 180°5 56°6 48°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 196 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 6 Types of quadrilateral Band e
197
Reviewing skills (page 329)1 a Rectangle; two pairs of parallel sides; opposite sides parallel; two pairs of equal sides; opposite sides equal; all
angles equal; two lines of symmetry; order 2 rotational symmetryb Kite; two pairs of equal sides; no parallel sides; two lines of symmetry; order 1 rotational symmetryc Equilateral triangle; three equal sides; three lines of symmetry; order 3 rotational symmetryd Square; two pairs of parallel sides; opposite sides parallel; two pairs of equal sides; opposite sides equal; all
angles equal; four lines of symmetry; order 4 rotational symmetrye Rhombus; two pairs of parallel sides; opposite sides parallel; two pairs of equal sides; opposite sides equal; two
pairs of equal angles; opposite angles equal; two lines of symmetry; order 2 rotational symmetryf Parallelogram; two pairs of parallel sides; opposite sides parallel; two pairs of equal sides; opposite sides equal;
two pairs of equal angles; opposite angles equal; no lines of symmetry; order 2 rotational symmetryg Triangle; no equal sides; no equal angles; no lines of symmetry; order 1 rotational symmetryh Arrowhead; two pairs of equal sides; no parallel sides; one line of symmetry; order 1 rotational symmetryi Isosceles trapezium; one pair of parallel sides; one pair of equal sides; opposite sides equal; two pairs of equal
angles; one line of symmetry; order 1 rotational symmetry
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 197 13/04/16 10:55 AM
198
2
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (page 333)1 a = 70°, b = 110°, c = 123°, d = 67°, e = 67°2 f = 107°, g = 107°, h = 107°, i = 136°, j = 136°, k = 44°, l = 136°, m = 95°, n = 85°, o = 95°, p = 85°,
q = 55°, r = 125°3 Yes, the other angles are either 50° or 130°.4 f = 115° (corresponding), g = 65° (supplementary), h = 115° (vertically opposite), i = 65° (supplementary)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 198 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 7 Angles and parallel lines Band f
199
Developing fl uency (pages 334–335)1 a a = 72°
b 18°2 a = 53°, b = 37°, c = 53°, d = 37°3 a = 37° (alternate), b = 64° (corresponding), c = 40° (alternate), d = 100° (corresponding),
e = 40° (angles of a triangle)4 a a = 82° (angles on a line), b = 31° (vertically opposite), c = 31° (corresponding), d = 31° (vertically opposite),
e = 67° (corresponding), f = 82° (vertically opposite, or angles in a triangle)b 180°
5 a = 81° (angles in isosceles triangle), b = 99° (angles on a line), c = 99° (outside angle of similar triangle)6 85°
If the line from E is extended to reach the line AC, then angle ACE is 60° (alternate angles)Angle CBX is 25° (angles on a straight line add up to 180°)Angle CXB = 95° (angles in a triangle add up to 180°), so angle x = 85° (angles on a straight line add up to 180°).
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 199 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 7 Angles and parallel lines Band f
200
Problem solving (pages 335–336)1 50°
Angle ADE = 65 degrees (corresponding angle and angles on a straight line add up to 180°)Angle ADE = angle AED (is osceles triangle)So angle DAE = 50° (angles in a triangle add up to 180°)
2 8°The other two angles in the small triangle where x is marked as the top angle are 62° (alternate angles) and 110° (symmetry), respectively.Therefore x = 8° (angles in a triangle add up to 180°)
3 Yes, for example by extending one side of the square and using alternate angles4 107°; the angles of an equilateral triangle are each 60°, so x = (60 + 47)° (alternate angles)5 135°6 67°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 200 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 7 Angles and parallel lines Band f
201
Reviewing skills (page 337)1 a p = 85° (vertically opposite angles), q = 95° (angles on a straight line)
b r = 103° (corresponding angles to the 180 − 77 straight line angle)c s = 100° (vertically opposite), t = 80° (alternate angle), u = 80° (vertically opposite) v = 100° (corresponding)
2 a = 115°, b = c = 65°3 A = 70°, B = 40°, so CBF = 70° = DEF (corresponding angles)
CFB = 180 − 40 − 70 = 70° = EFD (angles of a triangle)So angle DEF = 70° = angle EFD, and EDF = 40° (corresponding angles)Triangle EDF is isosceles
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 201 13/04/16 10:55 AM
202
2
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 8 Answers
Practising skills (pages 339–340)1 a 60°
b 120°2 a 45°
b 135°3
Regular polygon Number of sides Size of each exterior angle
Size of each interior angle
Sum of interior angles
Equilateral triangle 3 120° 60° 180°Square 4 90° 90° 360°Pentagon 5 72° 108° 540°Hexagon 6 60° 120° 720°Octagon 8 45° 135° 1080°Decagon 10 36° 144° 1440°Dodecagon 12 30° 150° 1800°Pendedecagon 15 24° 156° 2340°Icosagon 20 18° 162° 3240°
4 a 90°b 65°c 110°d 75°e 45°
5 a 36b 170° c 6120°
6 a No, a regular pentagon has 5 equal sides and 5 equal angles.b 540°c EDC = 90°, DCB = 90°, ABC = 150°, AED = 150°, EAB = 60°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 202 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 8 Angles in a polygon Band g
203
Developing fl uency (pages 341–342)1 a 900°
b 360°c 540°d 108°
2 a 4b 720°c 720°d 120°
3 a i 1080°ii 360°iii 720°
b An n sided polygon can be divided into n triangles. The total angle sum of the triangles is n × 180°. The angles at the centre always sum to 360°, so the angle sum of the interior angles is n × 180° − 360°
c n × 180° − 360° factorises to give (n − 2) × 180°4 a 360°
b 12c 150°d 1800°
5 a 60 sidesb 13c 6120°
6 a 6b Yes, because the interior angle of a regular hexagon is 120°, and so you can fit 3 hexagons around a point as
3 × 120° = 360°c No, because the interior angle of a regular pentagon in 108° which is not a factor of 360°
7 a AB – 4 sides, square; BC – 6 sides, hexagon; AC – 12 sides, dodecagonb BC and AC would be sides of 8-sided shapes, octagons
8 a 104°b r = 122°; s = 117°; t = 121°c 59°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 203 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 8 Angles in a polygon Band g
204
Problem solving (pages 343–344)1 a 72°
b OA = OC as O is the centreAB = BC as the polygon is regular
2 150°3 72°4 12°5 120°6 45°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 204 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 8 Angles in a polygon Band g
205
Reviewing skills (page 344)1 a 40°
b 100°c 80°
2 a 72b No, the calculation of number of sides does not give a whole number
3 a Question states that a dodecagon has internal angles 144° – this is not true, the interior angles are 150°
Exterior angle = 360°12
= 30°, so internal angle = 150°b 120°c Interior angle of regular hexagon = 180° − 360°
6 = 120° = angle GBC = angle FCB
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 205 13/04/16 10:55 AM
206
2
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 9 Answers
Practising skills (pages 348–350)1 a vertically opposite angles
b angles in isosceles trianglec corresponding anglesd alternate anglese opposite angles of parallelogramf angles in isosceles triangleg opposite angles of parallelogramh alternate anglesi corresponding anglesj vertically opposite angles
2 a equal sides of isosceles triangleb opposites sides of rectanglec radii of a circled opposite sides of a parallelograme sides of an equilateral triangle
3 a p and r; s and qb s and p; p and q; q and r; r and sc p + q + r + s = 360° (angles round a point)
4 a u and r – alternate angles; s and p – alternate angles; q and t must be equal as the triangles are similar (but not congruent) as two angles of the triangle are the same, therefore similar by AAA.
b uts and pqr are angles of a triangle; puq and srt are two angles of a rectangle.5 a SSS
b Not congruent.c ASAd SASe RHSf SASg Not congruent, but similar triangles AAA.h Not congruent as 5 cm side isn’t the same for both triangles.
6 a a = 50° – vertically opp angles; b = c = g = h = 65° – equal angles of equal isosceles triangles as the lines OW, OX, OZ and OY are equal radii of a circle and therefore isosceles triangles OWX and OZY are congruent by SAS; e = k = 130° – angles on a line; d = f = i = j = 25° – equal angles of equal isosceles triangles as the lines OW, OX, OZ and OY are equal radii of a circle and therefore isosceles triangles OXY and OWZ are congruent by SAS.
b Angle bj = angle gf = 65 + 25 = 90° and angle cd = angle hi = 25 + 65 = 90°. WX does not equal WZ as they are sides of different isosceles triangles. WXYZ has four 90° angles and two different sides and is therefore a rectangle.
c Three pairs. OWX and OZY; OZW and OXY; WYZ, WXY, XYZ and WXZ.7 In triangles ABP, ACP: AB = AC (Isosceles triangle); BAP = CAP (given); AP is common. Triangles ABP, ACP are
congruent (SAS); PB = PC (corresponding sides of congruent triangles).
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 206 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 9 Congruent triangles and proof Band h
207
Developing fl uency (pages 351–353)1 a AC = CE = 8 cm
ACB = DCE (vertically opposite angles)BAC = CED (alternate angles on parallel lines)So, ABC and CDE are congruent (ASA).
b AB and DE are the same, as they are parallel and the triangles are congruent. BC = DC as they are matching sides of congruent triangles.
2 a In triangles DAB and DBC AB = CB (A rhombus has equal sides)AD = CD (rhombus has equal sides)BD is common to both triangles.So, triangles DAB and DCB are congruent (SSS).
b Parallelogram – two sets of parallel lines, with AC and DB intersecting at right angles.3 a OA = OB (radii)
ON is common to both triangles∠ONA = ∠ONB = 90°So, triangles OAN and OBN are congruent (RHS).
b Point N is in the middle of the line AB as ON bisects AB at 90 degrees, and AN and AB are equal.4 a The angle must be the one between the equal sides.
b The sides are not in corresponding positions.c The hypotenuse on the left is equal to one of the shorter sides on the right.d AAA does not prove congruence. One triangle could be bigger than the other.
5 AD = BC (given)DAB = ABC (given)AB is common.Triangles DAB, CBA are congruent (SAS).BD = AC (corresponding sides of congruent triangles).
6 Let PQ cut AB at X.P
A
X
QB
In triangles AQX, BPX:AQ = BP (given)QAX = PBX = 90° (given)AXQ = BXP (vertically opposite angles)Triangles AQX, BPX are congruent (ASA)AX = XB (corresponding sides of congruent triangles)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 207 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 9 Congruent triangles and proof Band h
208
7 In triangles AMD, BND:AD = BD (given)MD = ND (given)AMD = BND = 90° (given)Triangles AMD, BND are congruent (RHS)CAB = CBA (corresponding sides of congruent triangles)So, ABC is isosceles.
8 BAC = DAC (BAD bisected)
A
D
C
B
BCA = DCA (BCD bisected)AC is common.Triangles ABC, ADC are congruent (ASA)So, AB = AD, BC = CD (corresponding sides of congruent triangles)So, ABCD is a kite.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 208 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 9 Congruent triangles and proof Band h
209
Problem solving (pages 353–354)1 a They are the same length.
b They are the same size.c A
B
CD
E
Statements Reason
AB ≈ BCAE ≈ CD∠A ≈ ∠C
All sides of a regular pentagon are congruent. All interior angles of a regular pentagon are congruent.
BAE ≈ BCD SAS (side angle side)
BE ≈ BD CPCT (corresponding parts of congruent triangles)
d AC, AD, CE Draw in line AD: AED ≈ BCD (SAS), therefore AD ≈ BD (CPCT)
A
B
CD
E
Draw in line EC: EDC ≈ EAB (SAS), therefore EC ≈ EB (CPCT)A
B
CD
E
Draw in line AC: ABC ≈ AED (SAS), therefore AC ≈ AD (CPCT)A
B
CD
E
2 a AB = AC (given), ∠BAD = ∠CAD (given), AD is common (SAS). b i Congruent triangles mean BD = CD, so D is in the midpoint of BC.
ii Midpoint of the line when ∠BAD = ∠CAD means that the line AD is perpendicular to BC so ADC angle is 90°.3 a Consider triangles PQS and PRS, angle QPS = angle RPS (given), angle PQS=angle RPS (given), PS is common
so triangles PQS and PRS are congruent (SAA). Hence PQ = PR. Triangle PQR is isosceles.b From a SQ = SR. So triangle SQR is isosceles, so angle SQR = angle SRQ, so angle SQR + angle SPQ = angle
SRP + angle SRQ, so angle SQR = angle SRQ
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 209 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 9 Congruent triangles and proof Band h
210
4 Triangles ABC and BDE are congruent (RHS). So DB = BC, hence AD (= AB − DB) = CE (=BE − BC).5 a ∠PQM = ∠RSN (alternate angles), RS = QP (opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal), ∠RNS = ∠PMS
(AAS).b Triangles RNQ and PMS are congruent. Length SP = length RQ. Hence SM = QN due to similar triangles.
6 a Draw a rhombus with a line from one vertex to the opposite vertex. This creates two triangles that are congruent by side-side-side congruence. We know that all the acute angles formed from drawing the line are equal in measure. By alternate interior angles, each set of opposite lines is parallel.
b Draw the second diagonal from a different vertex to the opposite vertex. By vertical angles, we know the angle in each pair of opposite triangles at the intersection between all four lines is equal. Then, by angle-angle-side congruence, all four triangles are congruent. Then, since the measures of all four angles at the four-way intersection must sum to 360 degrees and they all have equal measures, each angle measures 360
4 degrees = 90 degrees.
Reviewing skills (page 355)1 a none of the above
b alternate/corresponding anglesc angles in an isosceles triangled angles in an isosceles trianglee none of the abovef angles in an isosceles triangle
2 a DAE = EBC = 90° (rectangle properties)AD = BC (rectangle properties)ED = EC (given, isosceles triangle)ADE and EBC are congruent (RHS)
b Point E is in the centre of line AB as AE = EB due to the triangles DAE and EBC being congruent.3 Draw and label the parallelogram. Draw the diagonals. Prove triangles AOB and DOC are congruent using AAS
(corresponding angles and opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal). Therefore lines AO and OC are equal and DO and OB are equal meaning O is at the centre of the lines and the lines bisect each other.
AAA B
O
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 210 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
211
Unit 10 Answers
Practising skills (page 358)1 M is the odd one out.
A and N: congruent; isosceles triangles with same sides and angles.B and K: similar; SAS, sides in same ratio.C and U: similar; all equilateral triangles are similar.D and V: similar SAS: two sides in same ratio and included angle is equal.E and S: congruent; all angles the same and same side length.F and Q: similar; all angles the same.G and X: congruent; by Pythagoras’ theorem, sides of 5 cm, 12 cm and 13 cm.H and P: congruent SASI and O: similar; three equal angles as isosceles triangles with angles 30°, 75° and 75° (AAA), no information about side length so can’t state that they are congruent.J and T: similar both right angled isosceles triangles.L and W: congruent; by Pythagoras’ theorem L is right-angled and both have sides of 7 cm, 24 cm and 25 cm.R and Y: similar; by Pythagoras’ theorem all sides are in the same ratio.
Developing fl uency (page 359)1 In triangles FAB, BCD, DEH:
FA = BC = DE (sides of regular hexagon)AB = CD = EF (sides of regular hexagon)FAB = BCD = DEF (angles of regular hexagon)FAB, BCD, DEH are congruent (SAS)So, FB = BD = DF (corresponding sides of congruent triangles)So, BDF is equilateral.
2 a It is a rectangle.b In triangles ABD, BCA:
AD = BC (opposite sides of rectangle)ABD = BCA = 90° (angles of a rectangle)AB is commonTriangles ADB and BCA are congruent (SAS).
c Triangles ADB, BCA are therefore also congruent by RHS.AC = BD (corresponding sides of congruent triangles).
d A rectangle is a parallelogram with four right angles.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 211 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 10 Proof using similar and congruent triangles Band h
212
3 a In triangles ABC and ADC:AB = AD (equal sides of kite) BC = DC (equal sides of kite)AC is a common side to both trianglesSo, triangles ABC and ADC are congruent (SSS).
B
AD
CX
b In triangles ABX and ADX:AB = AD (equal sides of kite)Angle BAX = Angle DAX (corresponding angles of congruent triangles ABC and ADC)AX is a common side to both triangles.So, triangles ABX and ADX are congruent (SAS).
c Triangles ABX and ADX are congruent (SAS), so BX = DX, meaning X is midpoint of BD.d Isoceles triangles means BX = BD. Hence, midpoint.
4 a ABC and DEC are similar.In triangles ABC and DEC:∠ACB = ∠DCE(vertically opposite)∠ABC = ∠DEC (alternate) Therefore the triangles are similar (AA)
b 2 (given in initial question)c AE = AC + CE
AE = 2CE + CE = 3CECEAE
= 13
Therefore, point C is a third of the way along AE from point E.5 In triangles AXY, ABC:
XAY = BAC (common)AXY = ABC (corresponding angles on parallel lines)Triangles AXY, ABC are similar.
So, AYAC
= AXAB
= XYBC
= 12
, so Y is the midpoint of AC and XY = 12
BC.
6 a ∠NAM and ∠BAC are equal. Sides AN and AB are parallel with AB = 2AN; and AM and AC are parallel with AC = 2AM. Therefore these triangles are similar as the ratio of the two sides is the same and the angle between them is equal.
b Since triangle ANM and ABC are similar, angles MAN = BAC; angles ANM = ABC and angles AMN = ACB. Therefore line MN is parallel to BC.By same similar triangles argument, triangle NBL is similar to ABC and triangle CLM is also similar to ABC, and therefore LM is parallel to AB and LN is parallel to BC.∠AMN is equal to ∠ACB (corresponding angles), ∠LMC is equal to ∠BAC (corresponding angles), ∠LMN is thus equal to 180 – ∠LMC – ∠AMN = 180 – ∠ACB – ∠BAC = ∠CBA. By same logic, ∠LNM is equal to ∠ABC and ∠MLN is equal to ∠BAC, so triangles LMN and ACB are similar (AAA).
c Triangles AMN, ABC are similar.N is the midpoint of AB, the ratio between the sides of the similar triangle is 2, so and MN = 1
2BC.
Similarly, X is the midpoint of NM, the ratio between sides of the two similar triangles LMN and XYZ is 2, NX = 12
MN. MN = 2NX so by substitution, 2NX = 12
BC, 4NX = BC. The ratio between the sides of XYZ : ABC is 4 : 1.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 212 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 10 Proof using similar and congruent triangles Band h
213
Problem solving (pages 359–361)1 a DB = BC (given)
BA = BE (sides of equilateral triangle)∠DAB = ∠BEC = 90 (given)Triangles DAB and CEB congruent by RHS.
b Since, triangles DAB and BEC are congruent (RHS), ∠ABD = ∠CBE, so ∠ABD + ∠ABE = ∠DBE = ∠CBE + ∠ABE = ∠CBA, hence result.
c Yes, providing AB = BE.2 a ∠BAC = ∠CFG (alternate angles), ∠ACB = ∠GCF (opposite angles), so the third angles are the same and
equiangular triangles are similar.b 5 : 3
3 a ∠OBP = ∠DBA; ∠OPB = ∠DAB (corresponding angles); ∠BOP = ∠BDA (corresponding angles). Triangles are similar (AAA).
b Any of: AOB and DOC; AOD and BOC; AOP and OQC; OPB and OQB; ABC and ADC; ABD and BDC; ABD and OPB and OQB; ABC and AOP and OQC.
c Triangles OPB and DBA are similar; ∠OBP = ∠DBA and ∠OPB = ∠DAB (corresponding angles) (as proved above). The sides are in ratio 1 : 2 as line OB = 1
2DB is given. Therefore line PB = 1
2 line AB, thus P is the
midpoint of AB.d Triangles BOQ and BDC are similar, so OQ = 1
2DC = PB. Triangles ABC and AOP are similar, so OP = 1
2BC =
BQ. Hence POQB is a parallelogram (opposite sides equal), and line PQ bisects OB. Triangles BPQ and ABC are similar as angle PBQ = angle ABC and ∠BPQ = ∠BAC (corresponding angles on parallel lines). The side PB is in 1 : 2 ratio with AB, so the side PQ = 1
2AC.
4 a SQ = SU. Angle SUQ is 90 degrees due to alternate angles. Hence QU = QR. Therefore triangles are congruent.b U is the point where ST cuts QR, therefore angle TUR = 90° (corresponding angles) which means ST is bisecting
QR, U is the midpoint of QR. QR : UR = 2 : 1.c Angle TUR = 90° (corresponding angles). Angle TRU = PRQ as it’s the shared angle. TUR and PQR are similar
(AA).d TUR and PRQ are similar. QR = 2UR, so the triangles are in ratio 1 : 2. PR and TU are corresponding sides of
similar triangles and are parallel. Therefore PR = 2TU.5 a In triangles DEA and DFC:
∠DEA = ∠DFC (corresponding angles on parallel lines) ∠EDA = ∠FDC (common) So, triangles DEA and DFC are similar (similar triangles have the same angles).
b In triangles BME and CMF:∠BME = ∠CMF (vertically opp angles)∠BEM = ∠DEA (vertically opp angles) = ∠DFC (corresponding angles)Side BM = MC (given)Therefore triangles are congruent (ASA).
c Triangles DEA and DFC are similar. So ratio of EA to CF is the same as DR to DF. Or, EACF
= DEDF
.Since, triangles BME and CMF are congruent, CF = EB so, EA
EB = DE
DF.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 213 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 10 Proof using similar and congruent triangles Band h
214
6 a ∠APB = ∠QPR (shared). Side QR = 2AP and side PR = 2PB. Triangles are therefore similar by same angle and same ratio of sides.
b Shared angle, ∠PQB = ∠PQX, side QX = 2QB (given), and side PQ = 2QA (given). Triangles QAB and QPX are similar. So AB is parallel to PX. So PX is parallel to QR.Similarly AB = 1
2QR and AB = 1
2PX, so PX = QR.
c Proven that one pair of sides of PXRQ is opposite and parallel. In order to prove it is a parallelogram, need both pairs of opposite sides to be parallel. Need to show that PQ is parallel to XR. We know PQ is parallel to XR, since ∠QXR = ∠PQB (alternate angles) and also ∠QXP = ∠XQR (alternate angles), so ∠PXR = ∠PQR and XR is parallel to PQ.So yes, with this information on the diagram we can prove that it is a parallelogram. But without the extra geometry, we don’t know.
Reviewing skills (page 361)1 a In triangles ABX, CDX:
AX = XC (AC is bisected at X)BX = XD (BD is bisected at X)AXB = CXD (vertically opposite angles)ABX, CDX are congruent (SAS)AB is parallel to CD (alternate angles equal)AB = CD (corresponding sides of congruent triangles)BAX = DCX (corresponding angles of congruent triangles)
b ABCD is a parallelogram: AB is parallel to CD (alternate angles equal), ∠DAX = ∠XCB (corresponding angles of congruent triangles) therefore AD is parallel to BC (alternate angles equal). Two pairs of parallel sides means parallelogram.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 214 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
215
Unit 11 Answers
Practising skills (pages 366–368)1 a 104°, angles at centre of circle b 90°, angles in a semicircle c 84°, angles of same segment d 158°, angles at centre of circle e 97°, opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral f 63°, angles in a semicircle, angles in an isosceles g 14°, angles in a semicircle, angles in an isosceles h 85°, opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral i 170°, angles at centre of circle2 Angle CDO is 62° because base angles in an isosceles triangle are equal.
Angle COD is 56° because angles in a triangle sum to 180°.Angle AOB is 56° because vertically opposite angles are equal.
3 Angle ADB is 53° because the angle in a semicircle is a right-angle.Angle ACB is 53° because angles in the same segment are equal.
4 a 43°, angles of same segment b 103°, opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral5 a 52°, angles at centre of circle b 102°, opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral c 38°, angles in isosceles triangle with angle BCD6 60°7 112°8 35°
Developing fl uency (pages 368–370)1 Angle ABC = 54°, alternate segment to angle ACF.
Angle ACB = 180 – angle CAB – angle ABC = 54°. Therefore triangle ABC is isosceles, with AC = AB.
2 Angle DAC = angle DBC = 26° (same segment). Angle ACD = 180° – angle AED = 64° (opposite angles cyclic quadrilateral). Angle ADC = 180° – angle ACD – Angle DAC = 180° – 26° – 64° = 90°. Therefore triangle ADC is a triangle of the semicircle, and AC is a diameter.
3 Angle DBC = 12
angle DOC = 50°, so angle ABC = 95°.
Opposite angles of cyclic quadrilateral: angle ADC = 85°.Angle ODC = 40° (isosceles), so angle ADB = 40°, and angle DAB = 95°.Angle DCB = 85° (either opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral, or 4 angles of a quadrilateral). Since angle ADC = angle DCB and angle DAB = angle ABC, quadrilateral ABCD is a trapezium with parallel sides AB and DC.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 215 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 11 Circle theorems Band j
216
4 Angle DAC = Angle DBC = angle DEC = 2x.Angle AD = 180 – 2x – x = 180 – 3x. Angle DC = 180 – (180 − 3x) = 3x.Angle ACP = angle DEC (alternate angles parallel lines) = 2x, so angle CPB = 180 – 3x – 2x = 180 – 5x.Therefore angle DPC = 180 – angle CPB = 180 – (180 – 5x) = 5x.
5 Angle CAB = 60° (alternate segments). Angle ACB = 60° (isosceles triangle, which is actually an equilateral).Angle COB = 120° (angle at centre of circle). Angle OCB = 30° (isosceles triangle).Angle OCB = 30° = 0.5 × 60°, so OC bisects angle ACB
6 True. Opposite angles of cyclic quadrilateral add to 180°. In a parallelogram, opposite angles do not add to 180° (but adjacent angles do add to 180°). The only case of a cyclic quadrilateral where adjacent angles add to 180°, and opposite angles add to 180°, is a rectangle, with all angles 90°.
7 a Triangles OAM and OBM are congruent because OA = OB are both radii and AM = BM as M is the midpoint and OM is common to both triangles.i Angle OMA is equal to angle OMB as the triangles are congruent.ii Angle OMA is 90° because angles on a straight line add up to 180°.
8 a i Angle OPQ is the same as angle OQP because triangle POQ is isosceles as OP and OQ are both radii. ii
OQ
R
P
a
a
X
iii angle POQ = 180° – 2a b i Angle ORP = angle OPR as triangle OPR is isosceles with OP and OR radii.
ii
OQ
R
P
X
γ
γ
iii Angle POR = 180° − 2(angle ORP) = 180° − 2γ. (assuming that in bi, the angle ORP is one of the γ angles) c Angle QOR = angle POR – angle POQ = 180° – 2γ - (180° – 2a) = 2a – 2γ. d Angle QPR = angle OPQ – angle OPR = a – 2γ; therefore angle QOR = 2 × angle QPR.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 216 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 11 Circle theorems Band j
217
Problem solving (pages 371–372)1 x = 45°2 Angle OCA = 90° tangent and radius
angle OAC = 34° angles of triangle OACangle EBA = 108° angles on straight lineangle AEB = 38°, angles of triangle AEBangle FEG = 38°, opposite anglesangle EFG = 90°, triangle in a semicircleangle FGE = 52°, angles of triangle FGEangle COG = 124°, angles on straight lineangle OCG = angle OGC = 28°, angles of isoscelesangle CGF = angle OGC + angle FGE = 80°
3 a angle ACB = 90° (triangle in a semi circle) = angle AXCangle CAX = angle CAB (same angle)angle ACX = 90° − angle CAX = 90° − angle CAB = angle ACBtriangle AXC is similar to ACB (AAA)
b ACAX = AB
AC, similar triangles ratio of sides
therefore, AC 2 = AB × AX4 Angle QPX = angle SRX (alternate angles)
angle QPX = angle QPRangle QPR = angle QSR (same segment)angle QSR = angle XSRangle QPR = angle XSRangle QPX = angle XSRangle SRX = angle XSRSo, triangle SXR is isosceles and SX = RX.
5 55°6 angle BAD + angle ADC = 180
angle BAD + angle BCD = 180So, angle ADC = angle BCD.
7 a When x = 90°, angle AOC = 0°, which is impossible. b i kite
ii arrow iii triangle
8 a 6.8 cmb 90°c 112°d 62°e 6.8 tan(34°) = 4.6 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 217 13/04/16 10:55 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Properties of shapes Unit 11 Circle theorems Band j
218
Reviewing skills (page 373)1 74°2 a angle DCB = 90° triangle of a semi circle
angle CBD = 32°OB = OA isoscelesAngle AOB = 32°, so OA must be parallel with BC to have alternate angles rule.
b Angle CBA = 74° + 32° = 106° ≠ 90°. Therefore AB is not parallel to CD.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 218 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
219
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 376–377)1 a 28.3 cm2
b 201.1 cm2
c 50.3 mm2
d 113.1 m2
e 380.1 cm2
f 346.4 mm2
2 a 15.9 cm2
b 12.6 cm2
c 7.1 cm2
d 9.6 cm2
3 3.3 cm4 a 4.4 cm
b 8.7 cmc 27.5 cm
5 Radius Diameter Area Circumference
a 7 cm 14 cm 153.9 cm2 44.0 cm
b 8.5 cm 17 cm 227.0 cm2 53.4 cm
c 5.0 cm 10.1 cm 80 cm2 31.7 cm
d 8.9 cm 17.8 cm 250 cm2 56.0 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 219 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Measuring shapes Unit 4 Area of circles Band f
220
Developing fl uency (pages 378–381)1 a 380.1 cm2
b 132.7 cm2
c 56.5 cm2
d 63.6 cm2
e 14.7 m2
f 504 cm2
2 50.1 cm3 71.6 cm2
4 27.5 cm5 Red: 816.81 cm2
Blue: 439.82 cm2
Difference is 376.99 cm2
6 11.8 cm7 351.9 m2
8 a 14 627 cm²b £0.0050/cm²
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 220 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Measuring shapes Unit 4 Area of circles Band f
221
Problem solving (pages 379–381)1 76.4 m²2 £75403 Yes, for example cost of 24 bags of chippings is £724 a 159 m
b 207 litres5 £18436 10.725 m²
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 221 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Measuring shapes Unit 4 Area of circles Band f
222
Reviewing skills (page 381)1 a 78.5 cm²
b 38.5 mm²c 18.1 km²
2 a 4.1 cmb 8.1 cm
3 a 112.8 cm²b 195.4 cm²
4 12.6 m²
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 222 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
223
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 383–385)1 a z
z2 = x2 + y2
b mm2 = n2 + e2
c ff 2 = e2 + g2
d rr2 = p2 + q2
2 a x2 = 52 + 122
x2 = 25 + 144x2 = 169x = 169x = 13 cm
b y2 = 62 + 82
y2 = 36 + 64y2 = 100y = 10 cm
c z2 = 242 = 72
z2 = 576 + 49z2 = 625z = 25 cm
3 a 7.2 cmb 8.6 cmc 1.4 cm
4 a 3 cmb 3 cmc 3 cm
The hypotenuse is a square root of a square number and the sides are expressed as square roots of whole numbers.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 223 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Measuring shapes Unit 5 Pythagoras’ theorem Band g
224
5 a x2 + 42 = 52
x2 + 16 = 25x2 = 25 – 16x2 = 9x = 9x = 3 cm
b y2 + 152 = 172
y2 + 225 = 289y2 = 289 – 225y2 = 64y = 8 m
c z2 + 122 = 152
z2 + 144 = 225z2 = 225 – 144z2 = 81z = 9 cm
6 a 9.2 cmb 6.7 cmc 6.2 cm
7 a 5 cmb 6 cmc 1 mile
Developing fl uency (pages 385–387)1 Perimeter = 60 + 62.5 + 17.5 = 140 m
Area = 0.5 × 60 × 17.5 = 525 m2
2 B is a right-angled triangle because it obeys Pythagoras’ theorem: 7.22 + 9.62 = 122
3 4 m4 Diagonal = 3.9 m. Total length of timber = 19.2 m.5 6.4 km6 a CD = 5 cm
b 54 cmc 126 cm2
7 Perimeter = 20 mArea = 18 m2
8 120 cm2
9 a 7.1 cmb Each segment = 7.13 cm2
10 x = 6.5 cm and y = 10.4 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 224 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Measuring shapes Unit 5 Pythagoras’ theorem Band g
225
Problem solving (pages 387–389)1 £15102 £4683 26 km4 Norman is correct because it is 20 460 newtons5 Beth runs 190 m. Ali goes 57 + 76 + 57 = 190 m6 No, she needs 26.6 m. Difference in height between AD and BC is 7 m
Therefore DC is 7.14 m which means AC is 16.6 m. The total cable she needs is 26.6 m so she does not have enough cable.
7 192 mm2
8 x = 5.77 cm or 5.8 cm
Reviewing skills (page 389)1 a 8 cm
b 25 cmc 12 cm
2 a 10.2 cmb 14.3 mc 1.2 cm
3 perimeter = 669.2 marea = 19 200 m2
4 21 + 15.6 + 31.8 = 68.5
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 225 13/04/16 10:56 AM
226
4
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (pages 396–399)1 a 60°, 60°, 60°
b 70°, 70°, 40°c 60°, 38°, 82°d 90°, 62°, 28°e 90°, 60°, 30°f 45°, 30°, 105°
2 a Bisectors meet on the third side, i.e. AC.b Yes, same, bisectors of two sides of a triangle meet on the third side.
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
C
C C
C
8 cm
6 cm
8 cm
5 cm
7 cm
7 cm
7 cm9 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 226 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 3 Constructions with a pair of compasses Band f
227
3 a The circle touches all three points of triangle.P
10 10
O
RQ 8
b i The circle touches all three points of triangle.
O
89
Q
P
R10
ii The circle touches all three points of triangle.R
QP
O88
8
iii The circle touches all three points of triangle.
Q R
P6 5
10
O
iv The circle touches all three points of triangle.
P
RQ
6
8
O
10
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 227 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 3 Constructions with a pair of compasses Band f
228
4 a The circle touches all three points of triangle.
10 ZY
X
88 C
b i The circle touches all three points of triangle.
X Y
Z
C
7 7
5
ii The circle touches all three points of triangle.
9
6 7C
iii The circle touches all three points of triangle.
Y Z10
75
X
C
iv The circle touches all three points of triangle.
Y Z
X
6 10
8
C
5 a BC = a cm, AD = b cm; So the area of the triangle ABC = 12
× a × b cm2 = x cm2
b i 27.8 cm2
ii 15.0 cm2
iii 16.2 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 228 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 3 Constructions with a pair of compasses Band f
229
Developing fl uency (pages 399–400)1 Kite of sides 8 cm and 5 cm
B
A C
D
T
2 a Rhombus of side 7 cmQ
RP
S
M
b square
Q
RP
S
4 cm
4 cm
4 cm M4 cm
3 a and b
4 cm 6 cm
N
M L8 cm
c 11.6 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 229 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 3 Constructions with a pair of compasses Band f
230
4 a and b
P O
NM 2 cm Q
4 cm 4 cm
50º 50º
c 25.8 cm2
5 a, b and c
H OB
N
G
M
A
Lw
y
Fvv KE
J
S
D OR
I
QC P
T
d 15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°, 105°, 120°, 135°, 150°, 165°, 180°, 195°, 210°, 225°, 240°, 255°, 270°, 285°, 300°, 315°, 330°, 345°
6
30°30°
7
45°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 230 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 3 Constructions with a pair of compasses Band f
231
Problem solving (pages 401–402)1 a i and ii
A
45º 45º
60º
60º
D
D¢
B
C
b ACBD is an arrowhead with and obtuse angle at ACB, ACBD� is a kite with a 90° angle at ACB.2 111 m2
3 a red triangleb green rectanglec blue rhombus
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 231 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 3 Constructions with a pair of compasses Band f
232
4 a Students’ own drawings.
b 6.93 cmc 41.5 cm2
5 a and bP
Q
10 kmS 08:30
9 km
R 08:00
c 9 kmd 18 km/h
Reviewing skills (page 402)1 a BAC 51°, ABC 34°, ACB 96°
b
7 cm
A B9 cm
5 cm
C
c 17.4 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 232 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 3 Constructions with a pair of compasses Band f
233
2 a
A C
B
M
64
7
b See diagram above.c See diagram above.d See diagram above.e 3.5 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 233 13/04/16 10:56 AM
234
4
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 404–406)1 a
P
b circle2
3 To calculate the distances, build right triangles by drawing a line through P perpendicular to two sides of the rectangle, as shown.
A B
P
C
X
Z
Y
W
D
Distance WP = Distance AY = (AP)2 − (YP)2
Distance XP = Distance BY = (BP)2 − (YP)2
Distance YP = Distance BX = (BP)2 − (XP)2
Distance ZP = Distance CX = (CP)2 − (XP)2
4 a and b
2 cm 2 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 234 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 4 Loci Band g
235
5 a and bC
D
locus
2.5 cm
2.5 cm
6 a and b
32º
32º
6 cm
6 cmF G
locus
E
c Bisector of the angle EFG.7 a and b
H K5 cm
5 cm
IJ
locus
45º45º
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 235 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 4 Loci Band g
236
8 a and b
A
C D
B
c No
Developing fl uency (pages 406–409)1
2 a and b
P Q
S
6 cm
6 cm
3 cm
locus
T
R
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 236 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 4 Loci Band g
237
3 a XY is the locus of points 1 cm from AB, between 1.5 cm and 7.5 cm from AD and between 1.5 cm and 7.5 cm from BC and 5 cm from CD.
b s c i More than 4.2 cm from AB, more than 4.2 cm from CD, more than 6.3 cm from AD, and more than 6.3 cm
from BC.ii Between 3.3 cm and 4.2 cm from AB, between 3.3 cm and 4.2 cm from CD, between 5 cm and 6.3 cm from
AD, and between 5 cm and 6.3 cm from BC.4 a and b
X
Z
Y
3.5 cm
8 cm
6 cm
locus
3.5 cm
c
X
Z
Y
8 cm
7 cm
3 cm
3 cm
locus
d Y
Z
X
3 cm
3 cm
3.5 cm
3.5 cm
8 cmQ
4 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 237 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 4 Loci Band g
238
5 a Careful to show that when Billy moves to point A, his rope is restricted at A, making a new circle locus of radius 5 m. Equally, when Misty reaches point C, her rope is restricted, making a new circle locus of radius 1 m. Where they can graze is not a simple circle about points B and D.
b
5 m4 mMisty
3m
8m
Billy
A
D
B
C
Shed
8 m
1m
1 m
i red shadingii blue shadingiii green shading
6 a and b
L Mlocus
locusK N
c one pointd To find the point that is equal distance from three sides, you bisect two angles and the bisectors cross at that
point. You cannot bisect three angles and find a point that three bisectors cross in a rectangle.e square
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 238 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 4 Loci Band g
239
7 a First, points that are more than x km from Hen Rock and more than y km from Rooster Rock. Second, more than z km from The Chicks and more than y km from Rooster Rock. Third, points an equal distance from L and M.
b Hen Rock red region: points 0.75 km from the point Hen Rock.Rooster Rock: points 1.25 km from the point Rooster Rock.The Chicks: points 0.5 km from the point The Chicks.
c Any answers such as: Sail due East until you reach an even distance between Hen Rock and Rooster Rock. Sail due south, maintaining equal distance from Hen Rock and Rooster Rock. At point that is an equal distance from The Chicks and Rooster Rock, sail South East. At a point 1.5 km due East of the Chicks, sail due South, maintaining equal distance from L and M.
Problem solving (pages 409–411)1 58.3 m
P Q
RS
X
2 a 16 milesb A
CB
TT
3 a
A B
D C
b 50.28 m2
c The locus of the house is the inside of the path.It misses the fourth side, AD.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 239 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 4 Loci Band g
240
4 a and b
X
W
Z
Z
c e.g. move the lights at W and at Z 10 m towards X and Z.5 (This is an approximate location for the tree.)
R
Patio
QP
S
6 a and b
P Q
RS
16 m
16 m 16 m
16 m
s r
qp
c 42 md p = 56 m2, q = 56 m2, r = 105 m2, s = 105 m2
e See diagram above.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 240 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Construction Unit 4 Loci Band g
241
Reviewing skills (page 411)1 a points equal distance from AB and AC
b points equal distance from P and Qc points 2 squares away from the line XYd points 5 squares away from point Q
2 a points within the square and closer to BC than ADb points closer to the line OL than the line OMc points within 2 squares of point Od points more than 3 squares but less than 5 squares away from line UV
3 a
b 5027 m2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 241 13/04/16 10:56 AM
242
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (page 415)1 a–e
FD
2 3 4 5
43
56789
10
210
y
x1 7 8 9 106
B A
CE
2 a 4 to right, 5 upb 6 to right, 1 downc 2 to left, 7 upd 6 to left, 3 downe 7 to rightf 7 upg 8 to lefth 5 up
3 a 82–
b 61
c −
43
d −−
74
e 09
f 60
g –100
h 012–
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 242 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 3 Translation Band d
243
Developing fl uency (pages 416–417)1 a–e
y
x
T
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23456789
10
0
Z
WX
Y V
2 a i A translation of 2 units right and 2 units up.ii A translation of 2 units left and 4 units up.iii A translation of 1 unit left and 4 units down.iv A translation of 4 units right and 3 units down.v A translation of 4 units right and 4 units up.vi A translation of 5 units right and 1 unit up.vii A translation of 5 units left and 1 unit down.viii A translation of 7 units down.ix A translation of 6 units left and 7 units up.x A translation of 5 units left and 8 units down.xi A translation of 4 units left and 2 units up.xii A translation of 6 units right.
b i 22
ii 24
−
iii 14
−−
iv 43−
v 44
vi 51
vii 51
−−
viii 07−
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 243 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 3 Translation Band d
244
ix 67
−
x 58
−−
xi 42
−
xii 60
3 a–e
y
x0–1–1
1234
M
56
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6 R
Q
N
O
P
Problem solving (pages 417–418)1 There are 4 translations
R to P 45
P to R −
45–
T to S 35
S to T −
35–
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 244 13/04/16 10:56 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 3 Translation Band d
245
2 There are 4 translations
C to F 74
F to C −
74–
A to D −
44–
D to A 44
Reviewing skills (page 419)1 a Translation of 1 unit left and 3 units up.
b Translation of 5 units right and 3 units up.c Translation of 4 units down.d Translation of 4 units right and 2 units down.e Translation of 7 units right and 5 units down.f Translation of 5 units right and 7 units up.g Translation of 5 units right and 5 units down.h Translation of 2 units left and 8 units up.i Translation of 1 unit right and 5 units up.j Translation of 7 units left and 1 unit up.k Translation of 6 units left.l Translation of 8 units right and 8 units down.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 245 13/04/16 10:57 AM
246
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 424–426)1 a–f
a
d e f
b c
Mirror line
Mirrorline
Mirror line
Mirror line Mirror line
Mirror line
2 a–ey
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
A
B
Q
C
RP
3 a x = 2b x = 3c x = 2d x = 5e x = −5f x = −3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 246 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 4 Reflection Band e
247
4 a–by
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
T
V
W
U
y = 3
y = –1
x = 1
5 a–b
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
G K
IJ
H
x = –1 x = 3
y = 1
y = 4
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 247 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 4 Reflection Band e
248
Developing fl uency (pages 427–430)1 a–d
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
A
C
D
E
H
G
B
y = –x y = x
F
2 a reflection in x = 3b reflection in x = 3c reflection in x = −1d reflection in x = 2e reflection in x = –2f reflection in x = −4g reflection in x-axis (y = 0)h reflection in x = 4i reflection in y-axis (x = 0)
3 a–d
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
AD
C
G
H
E
F
y = –x y = x
B
12
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 248 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 4 Reflection Band e
249
4 a reflection in y-axisb reflection in y = 1c reflection in y = −1d reflection in y-axise reflection in y = xf reflection in y = 1g reflection in y = −xh reflection in y = 4i reflection in y = −11
2j reflection in y = 1k reflection in −31
2l reflection in y = −x
5 y
x0–1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3
A
B
Problem solving (pages 431–432)1 a y = 10
b y = x2 a and b 6 units in each case3 b = 44 Translation by
60
, followed by reflection in y = −1
5 a For example: any translation by +2 units parallel to the x-axis followed by a reflection in the dotted line.b For example: any translation by +2 units parallel to the y-axis followed by a reflection in the dotted line.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 249 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 4 Reflection Band e
250
Reviewing skills (pages 432–433)1 a–d
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
TB
P D
C
A
2 a–e
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
F E
A
B C
D
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 250 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
5
251
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 437–440)1 full-turn = 360°
three-quarters turn = 270°half-turn = 180°quarter-turn = 90°
2 a Db Ac B, F, Gd C, E, H
3 a–c
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
R
AC
B
4 a–c
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
TA
CB
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 251 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 5 Rotation Band e
252
5 a–fy
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
M
F
C
E
D
A
B
Developing fl uency (pages 441–444)1 a–e
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
T
E
B
AC
D
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 252 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 5 Rotation Band e
253
2 a–e
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
PA
E
C
B
D
3 a rotation 90° clockwise about (1, 3)b rotation 90° anticlockwise about (1, 3)c rotation 180° about (0, 0)d rotation 180° about (0, 0)e rotation 180° about (0, 2)f rotation 90° anticlockwise about (−2, −2)g rotation 90° clockwise about (−4, 2)h rotation 180° about (3, −1)i rotation 90° anticlockwise about (−2, 5)
4 a reflection in y = −2b rotation 90° clockwise about (1, 1)
c translation 62
d rotation 180° about (−1, 1)e reflection in the x-axis
f translation 17−
g reflection in y-axish rotation 90° anticlockwise about (−5, −4)i rotation 90° clockwise about (−5, −4)j reflection in the line x = −1
k translation −
68
l reflection in the line y = x
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 253 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 5 Rotation Band e
254
Problem solving (pages 445–447)1 a translation by
40
b Because the shape has been rotated by 360°.
c translation by 80
2 a translation by 22−
b translation3 No. For example with T then R, the point (1, 0) is mapped to (5, 2), then (−2, 5). With R then T, the point (1, 0) is
mapped to (0, 1), then (4, 3).
4 a
10
y
x2 3 4
+ +
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
b translation by 400
5 translation by 960
6 30 seconds7 12 seconds
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 254 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 5 Rotation Band e
255
Reviewing skills (page 447)1 a–e
y
x0–1–1
123456
–2–3–4–5–6–7
1 2 3 4 5 6–2–3–4–5–6
C
B
E
A
D
M
f translation −
22
g translation 08−
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 255 13/04/16 10:57 AM
256
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 450–451)1 a and g; b and i; c and j; d and f; e and h; k and l2 a
C
b C
c
C
d C
3 a Enlargement scale factor 2, centre (0, −2)b Enlargement scale factor 2, centre (5, −3)c Enlargement scale factor 2, centre (3, 4)d Enlargement scale factor 3, centre (4, 1)
e Translation
5–1
f Translation
36
g Enlargement scale factor 12, centre (0, −2)
h Enlargement scale factor 12, centre (5, −3)
i Enlargement scale factor 13, centre (4, 1)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 256 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 6 Enlargement Band f
257
4 a Two identical kite shapes K and L, which consist of 3 kites, from smallest to largest, green, blue, pink. A larger kite shape, which consists of two kites, smallest to largest: red, purple
b i 2ii 3
c A translationd Enlargement scale factor 3e Enlargement scale factor 1
2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 257 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 6 Enlargement Band f
258
Developing fl uency (pages 452–455)1 a and b
10
123456789
10
x
y
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P
A
B
c Translation
–2–5
2 a and b
0
123456
2 3 4 5 6– 1– 1– 2– 3– 4– 5– 6
– 2– 3
– 5– 6
y
x1
– 4
W
A
22 33 4
2
22 4
22
22 4
22B
c Translation
–1–5
3 a, b and c
10
123456789
10
x
y
2 3 4 65 7 8 9 10
TA
CB
d C is an enlargement of B, scale factor 2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 258 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 6 Enlargement Band f
259
4 a Scale factor f = 2, centre (−2, 1)b Scale factor g = 1.5, centre (4, 7) c 2 × 1.5 = 3d Scale factor 3, centre (0.5, 0.5)
5 a Enlargement scale factor 3, centre (5, −3)
b Enlargement scale factor 13
, centre (5, −3)
c Enlargement scale factor 2, centre (2, −6)
d Enlargement scale factor 12
, centre (2, −6)
6 a and b
A
B
0
123456
2 3 4 5 6– 1– 1– 2– 3– 4– 5– 6
– 2– 3
– 5– 6
y
x1
– 4
P
c Enlargement scale factor 12
, centre (6, 5)
7 a Any enlargement, with at least 1 scale factor not 2 b Scale factor k × m
8 a, b, c
A
Y
CZ
B
X
d Regular tetrahedron, triangle based pyramide The resulting 3D shape would not be a regular tetrahedron
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 259 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 6 Enlargement Band f
260
Problem solving (pages 455–457)1 No, e.g. 15 ÷ 6 = 2.5, 13 ÷ 4 = 3.252 92–94 m2
3 6 m4 a Student’s own drawing
b 1 : 45 a (1, 1)
b (7, 7), (10, 7) and (10, 4)
6 a 25
b The co-ordinates of the other vertices are (1, 3), (5, 3) and (5, 1)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 260 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 6 Enlargement Band f
261
Reviewing skills (page 457)1 a
C
b
D
2 a and b (In a, the co-ordinates of the centre of enlargement are (−5, 6))
0
123456
2 3 4 5 6– 1– 1– 2– 3– 4– 5– 6
– 2– 3
– 5– 6
y
x1
– 4
12
22 311
22111
33
122
33
A
B
Q
c scale factor 2, centre (−5, 6)
d scale factor 12
, centre (−5, 6)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 261 13/04/16 10:57 AM
262
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (pages 460–463)1 A and P; B and Q; C neither; D and Q; E and P; F and P; G and P; H neither; I and Q; J and P.2 a y = 7.5
b z = 9.6c x = 3d similar
3 a y = 12b z = 16c x = 5d similare Both are Pythagoras triangles.
4 a 2b x = 10c w = 8d The same.e They are similar triangles.
5 a Similar; size ratio of both sides is the same, factor 3.b Not similar; the size ratio of the sides is different 5 × 2 =10 but 2 × 2 does not = 5.c Similar; regular pentagons are similar, factor 1.5.d Not similar; side 4 × 3 = side 12 but the scale factor is not 3 for other sides.e Not similar; scale factor different for each side.f Not similar; angles different.g Similar as angles are the same.
6 a Not similar as the given angle is not the same between the two shapes.b Similar – the given angle is the same, and the sides scale with factor 2.c Not similar – the given angle is the same, but the sides scale with different factors.
Developing fl uency (pages 463–465)1 B and C2 3.75 m3 a 121.5 cm2
b 337.5 cm2
4 a 12b AEC, FBD; AVZ, FYU, BTX, YUC, XET, DVZc 24 5 cm2 or 53.7 cm2
5 a 24 cmb 48 cmc A = 24 cm2 and B = 48 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 262 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 7 Similarity Band h
263
6 a P and A and B and C are congruent.b P and D are similar.
Problem solving (pages 465–467)1 a Using the sum of the angles in a triangle is 180°, the triangles have equal angles and so are similar.
b 32 48 cm3 a Angle C is common, Angle CDE = angle CAB (= 90°) and angle CED = angle CBA (from angle sum of a
triangle = 180°)b 1.4 m
4 63 cm5 3.2 m6 394 cm
Reviewing skills (page 468)1 a 10
b 12.5c 7.2
2 a Unknown angle in T is 40; unknown angle in V is 30. Three equal angles therefore V and T are similar.b 4.5 cmc 5 cm
3 3.36 m
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 263 13/04/16 10:57 AM
264
5
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 8 Answers
Practising skills (pages 471–473)1 a i hypotenuse = a ii opposite = b iii adjacent = c b i h = f
ii o = eiii a = d
c i h = hii o = iiii a = g
d i h = jii o = liii a = k
e i h = oii o = niii a = m
f i h = pii o = riii a = q
2 a sin θ = 35 is true
b cos θ = 45 is true
c tan θ = 34 is true
3 a tan α = 512 is trueb none are truec none are true
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 264 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 8 Trigonometry Band h
265
4 i and ii
A
e
A
A
A
H
7 mA
OH
H
H
H
O
O
O
O
10 m
12 m
18 m
15 m x m
30º
48º
43º
20º
50º
x m
x m
x m
x
a
c d
b
iii and iva sin 30 = 10
x ; 10 sin 30 = x; x = 5 m
b tan 50 = 7x; 7 tan 50 = x; x = 8.3 m
c tan 48 = 12x ; 12 tan 48 = x; x = 13.3 m
d cos 20 = 15x ; 15 cos 20 = x; x = 14.1 m
e cos 43 = 18x ; 18 cos 43 = x; x = 13.2 m
5 a 30°b 45°c 60°d 40°e 72°f 82°g 53°h 48°i 61°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 265 13/04/16 10:57 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 8 Trigonometry Band h
266
6 i and ii
H
a
cd
e
f
b
H
H
H
H
H
A
O
O
O O
O
O
A
A
A
A
4 cm
10 cm
7 cm
7.2 m
11.4 m
6.6 m13.2 m
9 m
6 m
4 cm
5 cm
A
θ
θ
θ
θ
θ
θ
3 cm
iii and iva tan θ = 45; θ = 38.7°
b tan θ = 34; θ = 36.9°
c cos θ = 710; θ = 45.6°
d cos θ = 69; θ = 48.2°
e cos θ = 7.211.4; θ = 50.8°
f sin θ = 6.613.2; θ = 30°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 266 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 8 Trigonometry Band h
267
7 i and ii:
H
a b
cd
e
f
H
H H
HH
OO
O
O
AA
OO
AA30º
70º 68º
61º
33º
50º
8 cm
12 m
9 cm
7.2 m
14.5 m
A
A
3 mx cm
x m
x m
x cm
x
x
iii and iv
a sin 30 = 8x; 8sin 30 = x; x = 16.0 m
b tan 50 = 3x ; 3tan 50 = x; x = 2.5 m
c sin 70 = 12x ; 12sin 70 = x; x = 12.8 m
d cos 68 = 9x ; 9cos 68 = x; x = 24.0 m
e tan 33 = 14.5x ; 14.5tan 33 = x; x = 22.3 m
f sin 61 = 7.2x ; 7.2sin 61 = x; x = 8.2 m
Developing fl uency (pages 473–475)1 a 11.0 m (1dp)
b 44.0 m2 (1dp)c 31.4 m (1dp)
2 perimeter = 53.5 m (1dp) area = 109.8 m2 (1dp)
3 (assuming the diagonal is included) 27.3 m4 a 15.5 m (1dp)
b 32.3°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 267 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 8 Trigonometry Band h
268
5 5.8 tan(52) = 7.4 miles
PortAura
PortCambria
Buoy218o
52o5.8 miles
Opposite
Adjacent
Hypotenuse
6 a 158.5 m (1dp)b 133.6 m further
7 a i 71.1°ii 12 cm
b 12 cm by x2 + 352 = 372
c yes
8 Lighthouse
Lightship
Yacht2.4 km
1.5 kmHypotenuse Adjacent
Opposite
x
a 2.4 1.52 2+ = 2.8 km
d tan(x) = 2.41.5 gives x as 58°. Therefore the heading from the lightship to the lighthouse is 360 − 58 = 302°.
9 2349.7 m10 a Pythagoras – x2 + 22 = 72
b
2
M
OV
√45
θ
x
c 72.7°d 6.4 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 268 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 5 Transformations Unit 8 Trigonometry Band h
269
Problem solving (pages 476–477)1 0.350 m2 3.14 m3 a 68.8 cm
b 79.7 cm4 a 19.8 m
b 20.2 m5 a 33.7°
b e.g. the number of steps cancels and you are left with 2030
6 16.16 m
Reviewing skills (pages 477–478)1 a x = 4 cm
i the 8 cm side is the hypotenuseii the side x is the oppositeiii the third side is the adjacent
b x = 19.3 cmi the unlabelled side is the hypotenuseii the side x is the oppositeiii the 9 cm side is the adjacent
c x = 12.3 mi the 20 m side is the hypotenuseii the unlabelled side is the oppositeiii the side x is the adjacent
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 269 13/04/16 10:58 AM
270© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
6Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (pages 482–483)1 a 60 cm3
b 20 cm3
2 a 60 cm3
b 32 cm3
c 36 cm3
3 a 82 cm2
b 148 cm2
c 36 cm2
d 64 cm2
e 92.8 cm2
4 5 cuboids that create a volume of 72 cm3 for example:
Length Breadth Height Volume1 1 72 72 cm3
2 1 36 72 cm3
4 1 18 72 cm3
6 1 12 72 cm3
8 1 9 72 cm3
5 Length Breadth Height Volume Surface area
a 5 cm 3 cm 2 cm 30 cm3 62 cm2
b 6 cm 2 cm 2 cm 24 cm3 56 cm2
c 5 cm 4 cm 3 cm 60 cm3 94 cm2
d 7 cm 5 cm 1 cm 35 cm3 94 cm2
e 6 cm 4 cm 1.5 cm 36 cm3 78 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 270 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 3 Volume and surface area of cuboids Band f
271
Developing fl uency (pages 484–486)1 a A and C
b B and C2 a Q, S, R, P b i P
ii Qc The volume of P is double the volume of Q. The volume of R is 4
5 the volume of P.
3 a Wrong unit: it has a volume of 1 cm3
b Wrong unit: it has a surface area of 24 cm2
c It has a volume of 64 cm3
d It has a surface area of 54 cm2
e The volume of a 1 cm sided cube is 1 cm3, but the volume of a 2 cm sided cube is 8 cm3, which is 8 times the size of the 1 cm sided cube
4 a 49 cm2
b 7 cmc 343 cm3
5 a False, there are two units, m and cm; the actual volume is 400 000 cm3
b Truec False, it is 4 times
6 500 cartons7 2 tins8 a 3 cm
b 114 cm2
9 a
30°
2 cm
2 cm4 cm
2 cm2 cm
6 cm
7 cm
5 cm
30°
b 96 cm2
c 44 cm3
d i 16ii 10iii 8
e 10 + 8 = 16 + 2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 271 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 3 Volume and surface area of cuboids Band f
272
Problem solving (pages 486–488)1 Yes, by 9.5 m2
2 Correct, because it will take 2250 min to fill and there are 1440 min in a day3 a 150 l
b That the thickness of the walls is 0/negligiblec 118.5 l
4 1 cm5 4800 cm³6 a 90 m
b 506.25 m2
c 46.4 md Area face = 12 squares, total area = 48 squares = 6075 m2
7 a 4b 4
c i 124 cm2
ii 4 d i cuboid
ii Square-based pyramide 32 cm3
f i 9ii 16iii 9
g 9 + 9 − 16 = 2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 272 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 3 Volume and surface area of cuboids Band f
273
Reviewing skills (page 489)1 a Volume = 60 cm3; surface area = 122 cm2
b Volume = 240 cm3; surface area = 236 cm2
2 a The volume of the box, 500 cm3, is not a multiple of the volume of the lumps, 3 cm3, so there will be wasted space in each box
b 200 lumps
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 273 13/04/16 10:58 AM
274© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
6Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 491–492)1 a i ii iii
b ii iiii
c iiiiii
d iiiiii
e iiiiii
f iiiiii
g iiiiii
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 274 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 4 2D representations of 3D shapes Band f
275
h iiiiii
2 a iiiiii
b iiiiii
c i ii iii
d i ii iii
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 275 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 4 2D representations of 3D shapes Band f
276
Developing fl uency (pages 492–494)1 a i ii iii
b 10.2 mc 4 or 5 (if one in the loft)
2 a
b
c
d
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 276 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 4 2D representations of 3D shapes Band f
277
3 a Plan = D; front = A; side = Eb Plan = C; front = A; side = Hc Plan = I; front = A; side = Fd Plan = B; front = H; side = Ee Plan = B; front = G; side = A
4 a i
ii
b i
ii
5 a Cone and cylinderb
BaseTop
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 277 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 4 2D representations of 3D shapes Band f
278
Problem solving (pages 494–496)1 a For example:
b 42 For example:
Shape 1 Shape 3
Shape 5
Shape 2 not possible – plan should be 1 squareShape 4 not possible – the side elevation and plan should be the other way around
3 a
b i 90 cm2
ii 54 cm3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 278 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 4 2D representations of 3D shapes Band f
279
4 a i Triangular prismii Square-based pyramid
b
c
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 279 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 4 2D representations of 3D shapes Band f
280
Reviewing skills (page 497)1 a i ii iii
b i ii iii
c i ii iii
2 a i ii iii
b i ii iii
c i ii iii
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 280 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
6
281
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 500–501)1 a i 18 cm2
ii 144 cm3
b i 20 cm2
ii 240 cm3
c i 16 cm2
ii 176 cm3
2 a i 7.07 cm2
ii 70.7 cm3
b i 50.3 cm2
ii 351.9 cm3
c i 78.5 cm2
ii 628.3 cm3
d i 153.9 cm2
ii 923.6 cm3
3 54 cm3
4 8 cm5 a 14 cm2
b 20 cm6 a i 50 m2; 40 m2; 30 m2
ii 120 m2
b i 12 mii 120 m2
c They are equal d i 6 m2
ii Find the volume = 60 m3
7 a 210 cm3
b 168 cm3
c 96 cm3
d 62.8 cm3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 281 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 5 Prisms Band g
282
Developing fl uency (pages 502–503)1 3.5 m3
2 a 62.8 cmb 1885 cm2
c 314.2 cm2
d 2513 cm2
3 370 cm3
4 a Qb 301.6 cm3
5 a 2.4 m3
b 8.48 m2
6 a Anna’sb 0.033 m3
7 a Yes, rectangleb Yes, trianglec Yes, circled Noe Nof Yes, squareg No
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 282 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 5 Prisms Band g
283
Problem solving (pages 504–505)1 a 47.52 m2
b 12.96 m³2 Yes, as 50 bins have a capacity of 154 m³3 a 1676 trips b i 25 133 m2
ii 2482 m3
4 a 2.8 m²b 0.3 m3 or 300 000 cm3
5 a 201 cm2
b 1407 cm2; £1688.926 a i 900 cm2
ii 180 m3 or 180 000 000 cm3
b 420 m3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 283 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 5 Prisms Band g
284
Reviewing skills (page 506)1 a i 21 cm2
ii 210 cm3
b i 28 cm2
ii 252 cm3
2 46 cm2
3 a i 113.1 cm2
ii 1018 cm3
b i 63.6 cm2
ii 763 cm3
c i 28.3 cm2
ii 226 cm3
4 189 cm3
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 284 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
6
285
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 509–510)1 a 1 : 2 b i A = 32 cm; B = 64 cm;
ii 1 : 2 c i A = 48 cm2; B = 192 cm2
ii 1 : 42 a 30 cm
b small = 225 cm2; large = 900 cm2
c 1 : 43 a 1 : 3
b 1 : 94 a 64 cm3
b 8000 cm3
c 1 : 5d 1 : 125e 125
5 a Area enlarges by the square of the lengthb 8
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 285 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 6 Enlargement in two and three dimensions Band g
286
Developing fl uency (pages 510–511)1 a 1.5
b x = 6, y = 4.5, z = 8c 240 cm³, 810 cm³d 8 : 27
2 a 6 cm and 10 cmb 3 : 5
3 a 24 m × 16 mb 15.36 cm²c 384 m² or 3 840 000 cm²d 1 : 250 000
4 a i 3.75 cmii 135 cm3
b i 1458 cm2
ii 3645 cm3
5 a 12 cmb 30 cmc 2d 1 : 8
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 286 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 6 Enlargement in two and three dimensions Band g
287
Problem solving (pages 512–513)1 18 m²2 a 90 cm × 36 cm
b 18c 3240 cm2
3 a 100 cmb Block A 9600 cm2; Block B 60 000 cm2
c Area block A = 6 × 40² = 9600 cm², Area block B = 6 × 100² = 60 000 cm²Ratio is 9600 : 60 000 = 1 : 6.25
4 a 20 cmb Width = 6 m; height = 2.4 mc 115.2 m3
d Width = 15 cm; height = 6 cm; volume = 1800 cm3
e Model = 0.0018 m3; real = 115.2 m3; ratio is 0.0018 : 115.2 = 1 : 64 000 = 1 : 403
5 a 2 : 3b Areas are 96 and 216 cm2 with a ratio of 96 : 216 = 4 : 9 which is not the same as 2 : 3 (=4 : 6)c Masses are 64d and 216d, where d is the density
Ratio is 64d : 216d = 8 : 276 a 24 cm and 36 cm b i 1 : 3
ii 1 : 9c Resulting picture is 32 cm × 44 cm. This is a different ratio of sides to the original (1 : 1.375 vs 1 : 1.5), so it is not
an enlargement of B
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 287 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 6 Enlargement in two and three dimensions Band g
288
Reviewing skills (page 514)1 a 5 cm × 5 cm × 15 cm
b 56 cm2
c 350 cm2
d 24 cm3
e 375 cm3
f 1 : 6.25g 1 : 15.625
2 112.5 (i.e. 112 cubes)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 288 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
6
289
Unit 7 Answers
Practising skills (pages 517–518)1 a = iv b = vi c = v d = i e = iii f = ii2 a b c d
3 a b
c d
4 Shape Front elevation Side elevation Plan
A 1 2 4
B 9 8 5
C 3 6 7
5 a
front frontside
plan plan
side
b
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 289 13/04/16 10:58 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 7 Constructing plans and elevations Band g
290
Developing fl uency (pages 519–520)1 a b
2 a b
front frontside
plan plan
side
3 a b
front frontside side
plan
plan
4
front
plan
side
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 290 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 7 Constructing plans and elevations Band g
291
5
6 a
b i volume = 12 cm3
ii surface area = 36 cm2
7 a
b
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 291 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 7 Constructing plans and elevations Band g
292
c Several possible answers:
Problem solving (page 521)1 a triangular prism
b 24 cm3
c
d 84 cm2
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 292 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 7 Constructing plans and elevations Band g
293
2 a
b
3 a Plan
Side elevation Front elevation
b
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 293 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 6 Three-dimensional shapes Unit 7 Constructing plans and elevations Band g
294
Reviewing skills (page 522)1
2
3
front
plan
side
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 294 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
295
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 525–527)1 Height (cm), h Frequency, f Midpoint, m m × f
150 � h � 156 3 153 459
156 � h � 162 6 159 954
162 � h � 168 8 165 1320
168 � h � 174 3 171 513
174 � h � 180 2 177 354Totals 22 3600
Mean height = 360022
= 163.6 cm
2 a Length of call (minutes), l
Frequency, f Midpoint, m m × f
0 � l � 10 1 5 5
10 � l � 20 5 15 75
20 � l � 30 3 25 75
30 � l � 40 5 35 175
40 � l � 50 5 45 225
50 � l � 60 1 55 55Totals 20 610
b 30 ≤ l < 40
c 61020
= 30.5
3 a i 19 and 185 secondsii 166 seconds
b 83.5 seconds
c Time (seconds), t Frequency, f Midpoint, m m × f 0 � t � 40 3 20 60
40 � t � 80 8 60 480
80 � t � 120 9 100 900
120 � t � 160 1 140 140
160 � t � 200 3 180 540Totals 24 2120
d 80 ≤ t < 120
e 212024
= 88.3
f Their marks are above 63 and below 114
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 295 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 4 Using grouped frequency tables Band f
296
4 a Speed (mph), v Frequency, f Midpoint, m m × f0 � v � 20 13 10 130
20 � v � 30 22 25 550
30 � v � 40 4 35 140
40 � v � 60 1 50 50Totals 40 120 870
Mean speed = 87040
= 21.75 mph
b 30 mphc 40%
5 a 41045
= 9 hours
b 1.5 hours
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 296 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 4 Using grouped frequency tables Band f
297
Developing fl uency (pages 527–529)1 a 1791
20 = 89.55 and 81
b Number of people, n Frequency, f Midpoint, m m × f 0 � n � 50 3 25 75
50 � n � 100 10 75 750
100 � n � 150 5 125 625
150 � n � 200 2 175 350Totals 20 1800
c 50 ≤ n <100d 90e The means are very close, the median in part a is more accurate and is close to both means.f For small samples you would calculate it exactly and for large samples you would estimate it, or any other
correct explanation.2 a
Time (minutes), t Frequency, f Midpoint, m m × f0 � t � 20 1 10 10
20 � t � 30 8 25 200
30 � t � 40 14 35 490
40 � t � 50 7 45 315Totals 30 115 1015
Mean time = 101530
= 33.8 minutes
b range = less than 50 minutesc The second club were quicker on average but more spread out / varied in their times.
3 a Mean waiting time = 502.535
= 14.4 minutes
b 13 timesc for example, hold-up/accident/power failure and it does not represent a normal journey
4 a Distance (metres), d Frequency, f Midpoint, m m × f
0 � d � 2 6 1 6
2 � d � 3 12 2.5 30
3 � d � 4 9 3.5 31.5
4 � d � 5 8 4.5 36Total 35 11.5 103.5
Mean distance jumped = 103.535
= 2.96 metres
b (14 × 3) – 35 = 7 foul jumpsc At most, 8 jumpers qualified.
5 B has a larger mean yield of 854.2 g vs 812.5 g for A
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 297 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 4 Using grouped frequency tables Band f
298
6 a Current salary Scheme 1 increase Scheme 2 increase Scheme 3 increase
Sandra £8000 £8400 £8870 £8750
Shameet £2200 £2310 £3070 £2950
Comfort £3600 £3780 £4470 £4350
b Scheme 2 benefits Sandra, Shameet and Comfort by the greatest amount. c The MD should choose Scheme 1 because 5% increase in employees’ current salary total is less than 5% of the
mean salary or the median salary so the increases will be smaller and therefore cost the company less.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 298 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 4 Using grouped frequency tables Band f
299
Problem solving (pages 529–532)1 Score, s Frequency, f Midpoint, m m × f
0 � s � 10 11 5 55
10 � s � 20 6 15 90
20 � s � 30 12 25 300
30 � s � 40 10 35 350
40 � s � 50 9 45 405Totals 48 1200
a 25b 19c The mean is an estimate, therefore the cut-off for interview is also an estimate, which means the number of
applicants interviewed is also an estimate.2 a Distance travelled, d km Frequency f Midpoint m m × f
20 � d � 30 6 25 150
30 � d � 40 12 35 420
40 � d � 50 20 45 900
50 � d � 60 26 55 1430
60 � d � 70 11 65 715Total 75 Total 3615
b 40 � d � 50c 48.2 kmd 72.3 minutes
3 a 20 � t � 25b 25 minutesc 20.1 minutesd 10% of people are geniuses
4 a 100 peopleb 170 � h � 180c Incorrect, the range is 50 cm, as you take the midpoints of the classes to calculate the ranged 175.5 cme 7%
5 a 30 � c � 40b 40 � c � 50c 53.7d 61.1e 26%
6 Class Y1. Y1 has mean of 56, whereas X1 has a mean of 54. Y1’s median is 70, whereas X1’s median is 50.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 299 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 4 Using grouped frequency tables Band f
300
Reviewing skills (page 532)1 a Mean = 51.7
Score, s Midpoint m Frequency f m × f 0 � s � 20 10 6 60
20 � s � 40 30 8 240
40 � s � 60 50 15 750
60 � s � 80 70 14 980
80 � s � 100 90 5 450Totals 48 2480
b 5c Their marks are lower than 50
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 300 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
1
301
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 536–537)1 a i 27 ii 34, 20 iii 14
b 45
34
27
20
14
Maximum value
Thirdquartile
Median
Firstquartile
Minimumvalue
c Any sensible suggestion, e.g. exam scores.2 a i 14.1
ii 14.8, 13.5iii 1.3iv 3
b Any sensible suggestion, e.g. ages of players in an under 15 football team.3 a 42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
b i 42 ii 21.5 iii 31.5, 14.5 iv 17 v 35
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 301 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 5 Inter-quartile range Band g
302
4 a 47, 56, 60 b
60
50403020Fr
eque
ncy
100
0 10 20 30Height, h
40 50 60
c i 27 ii 23 d 21 m5 a
303540
25201510
Freq
uenc
y
50
0 10 20 30Time, min
40 50 60
b i 27 ii 19–20 c It has increased on average by about 5 minutes and the inter-quartile range has increased so the times are more
spread out. d Some people are living further from work/the traffic has got worse.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 302 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 5 Inter-quartile range Band g
303
Developing fl uency (pages 538–540)1 a 100 b median = 72 mph; lower quartile = 65 mph; upper quartile = 79 mph c 79 and 65 mph d 58% e Travelling at 55 or less – 8; travelling at 90 or more – 10.2 a 26 for both, A: 11, B: 7
b Between 1 and 12.c They have the same median, so similar average/total rainfall but Town A has more very wet weeks.
3 a 1 4 12 26 43 50 54b 60
50403020Fr
eque
ncy
10
010.5 10.6 10.7 10.8
Times, s10.9 11 11.1 11.2
c 10.95, 0.15d 17–18
4 a Boys 6 21 40 67 102 123 130; Girls 9 21 49 86 110 118 120
120140
1008060402002.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4
Boys Girls
y
x
b Boys 3.38–3.40 and 0.45; Girls 3.25–3.27 and 0.37c Boys are heavier on average by about 0.14 kg and their weights are slightly more spread out.d No, but you can estimate that it is more likely to be a boy.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 303 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 5 Inter-quartile range Band g
304
5 a 6050403020
Cum
ulat
ive
freq
uenc
y
100
8 10 12 14Time, t min
16 18 20
b median = 13.8-14 ; IQR = 3.7c 12.2 minutesd The journey back is about 2 minutes quicker on average and has similar spread. They were rowing upstream in
the first part.6 a True. The definition of the quartiles is that half the data lie between them.
b False. The range can be very different to the IQR and is not related to the IQR.c False. Box and whisker divides data into one box of two parts and two whiskers which represent the range.d True. Definition of cumulative is that there is always addition of the frequency.e True, if by midway you mean midway between the frequency and not midway between the variable.
7 a 150 ≤ t < 180 b time, t frequency dogs cumulative frequency dogs frequency owners cumulative frequency owners
90 ≤ t < 120 1 1 0 0
120 ≤ t < 150 5 6 0 0
150 ≤ t < 180 27 33 2 2
180 ≤ t < 210 12 45 5 7
210 ≤ t < 360 3 48 9 16
360 ≤ t < 480 0 48 14 30
c
30354045
25201510C
umul
ativ
e fr
eque
ncy
5090 140 190 240
Time, t s290 340 390
50
440 490
d median = 170 s; IQR = 25 (22 − 27) s e dogs – 147 s; owners – 197 s f Dogs – most of the dogs fall around the median of 170, with 45 of the 48 dogs below 210 s. Owners are more
concentrated to the high times, 23 of the 30 owners are above 210 s. The IQR is very large for the owners.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 304 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 5 Inter-quartile range Band g
305
Problem solving (pages 541–544)1 a 100 b 20 c The upper quartile or the 75 percentile is a mark of 15 so James is correct.2 a 3.35 cm b i wing span 2.0 < w ≤ 2.5 2.5 < w ≤ 3.0 3.0 < w ≤ 3.5 3.5 < w ≤ 4.0 4.0 < w ≤ 4.5 4.5 < w ≤ 5.0
frequency 8 18 20 18 14 2
ii 3.36 cm3 a 80 b i median = 13.5 s; upper Q = 14 s; lower Q = 12.9 s ii median = 15.45 s; upper Q = 16.1 s; lower Q = 14.7 s
c man – 11.5 s; woman – 13 sd 29e 12
4 Male range 6500–4500 = 2000, median = 5300, inter-quartile range = 950 Female range = 5000−3200 = 1800, median = 4000, inter-quartile range = 600 The female distribution is negatively skewed. The male distribution is positively skewed. The females’ weight is more consistent as both the range and the inter-quartile range are smaller. The males on average weigh more than the females as shown by the median.5 Both distributions are positively skewed but more prominent to the right in the group that had drugs.
Recovery was slightly less variable in the group that had drugs than in the other group. In the drug group, recovery took 2 to 14 days (range = 12) versus 5 to 18 days (range = 13) for the other group. The inter-quartile range for the drug group was 7 days and for the other group 9 days. So in general the drug group had a more consistent recovery time. The median recovery time was 6 days for the drug group and 13 days for the other group. It appears that the drug had a positive effect on patient recovery.
6 a
20
0 100 200
30
10
40
60
8090
70
50
400300
100
Cum
ulat
ive
freq
uenc
y
Amount spent, A (£)
b i £220 ii £115 c The median amount spent was lower at Christmas as families tended to go out less, however the range is greater
suggesting a couple of families didn’t go out at all or else had one or two expensive outings. The inter-quartile range was lower at Christmas than at Easter.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 305 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 1 Statistical measures Unit 5 Inter-quartile range Band g
306
7
100 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100Time (min)
Slowest time 15 minutes
Fastest time 78 minutes
Range 63 minutes
Median 42 minutes
Upper quartile 54 minutes
Lower quartile 32 minutes
Inter-quartile range. 22 minutes
Reviewing skills (page 545)1 a
25
0 10 20
50
75
100
4030
125
Num
ber
of e
mpl
oyee
s
Time after 8.30 a.m., t (min)
b 8.47 c i 13 min ii 10 min
d 8.38 a.m. e 5 employees
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 306 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
307
Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (pages 550–551)1 a University
b 90°
c 14
d Gap year – 42; University – 70; Apprenticeship – 42; Job – 14 2 a Eat anything
b 60°
c 16
d Eat anything – 40; No red meat – 27; Vegetarian – 20; Vegan – 18; Other – 153 a 9
b
Walk
Bus
Taxi
Own car
Lift
c 4204 a 15°
b
Sleep
Prowling
Eating
Grooming
c Add another segment of 7.5°, increase prowling to 97.5° and decrease sleeping to 210°
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 307 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Statistical diagrams Unit 3 Pie charts Band f
308
5 a
Coffee
Tea
Milk
Cola
Orange
b Student’s own opinion and reasoning
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 308 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Statistical diagrams Unit 3 Pie charts Band f
309
Developing fl uency (pages 551–552)1 a Swimming
b 72°
c 15
; 20%
d No sport – 27°; Other sports – 63°; Football – 54°; Swimming – 108°; Netball – 81°; Hockey – 27°2 a 90
b 4°c
Air
Drive
Coach
Live here
Other
d
Air05
101520253035
Drive Coach
Method
Livehere
Other
Freq
uenc
y
e Student’s own opinion3 a 90
b 4°c
Apple
Orange
Peach
Grapefruit
Banana
Others
Pineapple
d Other is the largest category. The fruit seller should have listed more fruit so that he could get more information from the data. The pie chart is hard to see the little difference between fruits, a bar chart might have been clearer.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 309 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Statistical diagrams Unit 3 Pie charts Band f
310
4 a Dogs – 135°; Cats – 80°; Rabbits – 90°; Other – 55°b
Dogs
Cats
Rabbits
Others
c Dogs – 108°; Cats – 112°; Rabbits – 88°; Other – 52°5 The pie chart has parts pulled out; the pieces of pie seem to have different radii, there is no scale and there seem to
be pieces of pie missing (there isn’t 360° of pie present)
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 310 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Statistical diagrams Unit 3 Pie charts Band f
311
Problem solving (pages 553–554)1 Senior is not a half – it is 210°. Adults should be 50°. 2 a
Taylor
Hussain
White
Clift
Treble
b Taylor – 18%; Hussain – 13%; Jones – 7%; Williams – 47%; Roberts – 16% c i The segment is less than half
ii The percentage is less than 50%
3 a 16
b
University
Apprentice
Gap year
c 2404 a
Wrong size
Faulty
Wrong colour
Unwanted gift
Changed mind
b 10005 a £22.50
b £90c £12
6 a 512
b £1600
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 311 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Statistical diagrams Unit 3 Pie charts Band f
312
Reviewing skills (page 555)1 a 5
8b 225°c
Art club
Football club
Neither
d 140
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 312 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
313
Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 558–559)1 a i discrete
ii continuousiii discreteiv discrete
b i discreteii continuousiii continuousiv continuous
2 A: 150 in two classes. B: 150 not in any class. C: unclear – 150 likely to be in two classes. D: 150 not in any class. 140 � height � 150, 150 � height � 160, etc.
3 a Frequencies are 3, 6, 9, 7, 2.b 60 � w � 70c
0
40 �
w � 50
50 �
w � 60
60 �
w � 70
70 �
w � 80
Weight (kg)
Frequency diagram showing the weight ofTrevor’s sample of people
80 �
w � 90
2
4
Freq
uenc
y
6
8
10
d Chart as it is summarised in order.e
Mass (kg)50400
01234
Fre
quen
cy
56789
10
60 70 80 90
4 a Frequencies are 1, 6, 5, 4, 4, 1.b 30 � n � 40c 7d There are generally between 30 and 70 people in the gym on any day.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 313 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 4 Displaying grouped data Band f
314
Developing fl uency (pages 560–561)1 a Reaction time, t Frequency
0.2 � t � 0.3 6
0.3 � t � 0.4 5
0.4 � t � 0.5 5
0.5 � t � 0.6 7
0.6 � t � 0.7 4
0.7 � t � 0.8 2
0.8 � t � 0.9 1
b
0
.2 �
t � .3
.3 �
t � .4
.4 �
t � .5
.5 �
t � .6
Reaction time (s)
Frequency polygon showing reaction times of a group of people
.6 �
t � .7
1
Freq
uenc
y
8
234567
.7 �
t � .8
.8 �
t � .9
c 20%d Fairly level until 0.6, with a modal class at 0.5 � t � 0.6, then it falls away.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 314 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 4 Displaying grouped data Band f
315
2 a Score, n Frequency
20 � n � 30 1
30 � n � 40 5
40 � n � 50 7
50 � n � 60 5
60 � n � 70 7
70 � n � 80 4
80 � n � 90 6
90 � n � 100 1
b
0
20 �
n � 30
30 �
n � 40
40 �
n � 50
50 �
n � 60
Score
Frequency diagram showing Henry’s computer games scores
60 �
n � 70
1
Freq
uenc
y
8
234567
70 �
n � 80
80 �
n � 90
90 �
n � 10
0
c Table helps to narrow the median down to between 50 and 70 but the original data gives the actual scores so you can work out the median as (58 60)
2+ = 59.
d Fairly even between 30 and 90 with only one score above and one below that. Grouped data.3 a height, h Frequency
140 � h � 150 3
150 � h � 160 10
160 � h � 170 6
170 � h � 180 5
180 � h � 190 5
190 � h � 200 1
b
0
140 �
h � 15
0
150 �
h � 16
0
160 �
h � 17
0
170 �
h � 18
0
Length (mm)
Frequency polygon to show the length of the tails of rats
180 �
h � 19
0
2
Freq
uenc
y
12
4
6
8
10
190 �
h � 20
0
c 11d 150 � h � 160
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 315 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 4 Displaying grouped data Band f
316
4 a 21b Age, a Frequency
0 � a � 10 4
10 � a � 20 10
20 � a � 30 15
30 � a � 40 19
40 � a � 50 16
50 � a � 60 5
60 � a � 70 2
c Lots of people of working age.d More retired people and less of working age.
5 a Time, t (seconds) Boys Girls
0 � t � 10 3 0
10 � t � 20 2 2
20 � t � 30 5 3
30 � t � 40 4 4
40 � t � 50 2 4
50 � t � 60 1 2
b Boys 20 � t � 30. Using the original data, the median is 25. Girls 30 � t � 40. The median is 35.c
0
Time (s)
Frequency diagram showing how long boys held their breath for
1
Freq
uenc
y
6
2
3
4
5
50 �
t � 60
40 �
t � 50
30 �
t � 40
20 �
t � 30
10 �
t � 20
0 � t �
10
0
Time (s)
Frequency diagram showing how long girls held their breath for
1
Freq
uenc
y
2
3
4
5
50 �
t � 60
40 �
t � 50
30 �
t � 40
20 �
t � 30
10 �
t � 20
0 � t �
10
d Girls – they have a higher average.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 316 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 4 Displaying grouped data Band f
317
6 a Discrete – a hair is a hair.b Time is continuous, but discrete values of age are usually easier to work with.c Discrete – you cannot have half a person.
Problem solving (pages 562–563)1 a 150 (Accept: there might be one area of the field which was particularly densely populated. Reject: 150 is so
much higher than all the other values that it is likely to be an error.)b Number of poppies, p Frequency
0 � p � 10 0
10 � p � 20 3
20 � p � 30 1
30 � p � 40 2
40 � p � 50 4
50 � p � 60 5
60 � p � 70 6
70 � p � 80 5
80 � p � 90 3
90 � p � 100 1
c
0
1
Freq
uenc
y
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Number of poppies0 �
p � 10
10 �
p � 20
20 �
p � 30
30 �
p � 40
40 �
p � 50
50 �
p � 60
60 �
p � 70
70 �
p � 80
80 �
p � 90
90 �
p � 10
0
d The mode is 15 and median is 61. The mode is more representative. Modal class is 60–70 which is also representative of the data.
e 50%
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 317 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 4 Displaying grouped data Band f
318
2 a
0
2
Freq
uenc
y
4
6
8
10
12
Distance (metres)
0 � m �
10
10 �
m � 20
20 �
m � 30
30 �
m � 40
40 �
m � 50
b Most of them can only swim less than 20 m and few of them can swim further. It is skewed towards the lower end (positively skewed).
c 55%d The better swimmers have slightly increased the distance they can swim underwater; the weaker swimmers have
performed much the same as before.3 a Female chicks:
0123456789
101112131415161718192021222324
Mass (g)
Freq
uenc
y
25 �
m � 30
30 �
m � 35
35 �
m � 40
40 �
m � 45
45 �
m � 50
50 �
m � 55
55 �
m � 60
60 �
m � 65
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 318 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 4 Displaying grouped data Band f
319
Male chicks:
02468
1012141618202224262830
Mass (g)
Freq
uenc
y
25 �
m � 30
30 �
m � 35
35 �
m � 40
40 �
m � 45
45 �
m � 50
50 �
m � 55
55 �
m � 60
60 �
m � 65
b Diagrams show that male chicks tend to be heavier than female chicks. Modal class for female chicks is 40 � p � 45 and for male chicks is 45 � p � 50.
c i 20%ii 82.8%
4 a Time (t minutes) Frequency
0 � t � 50 5
50 � t � 100 11
100 � t � 150 5
150 � t � 200 5
200 � t � 250 1
250 � t � 300 0
300 � t � 350 0
350 � t � 400 2
400 � t � 450 0
450 � t � 500 5
500 � t � 550 6
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 319 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 4 Displaying grouped data Band f
320
b
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Time (t)
Freq
uenc
y0
� t
� 5
050
� t
� 1
0010
0 �
t �
150
150
� t
� 2
0020
0 �
t �
250
250
� t
� 3
0030
0 �
t �
350
350
� t
� 4
0040
0 �
t �
450
450
� t
� 5
0050
0 �
t <
550
c The distribution is bimodal with two distinct groups. Most people don’t spend a lot of time on computer games but there is a group who spend a lot of time on them.
d In August the students are on holiday, so the people in the group that spend less time playing games might spend more time outdoors, but the people who are very keen on playing games will probably play for even longer. The graph will probably be a similar shape, but with lower bars on the left and higher bars on the right.
5 a Prys has used the computer every day, Anna hasn’t. However, when Anna does use the computer she generally spends a long time on it.
b They don’t really need a second computer as the mean time they each spend on the computer is 50 minutes, so there should be plenty of time to use the computer in the evening.
Reviewing skills (page 564)1 a 0.5 kg � n � 1.0 kg
b 1.5 kg � n � 2.0 kg c Weight, n (kg) Frequency
0 � n � 0.5 3
0.5 � n � 1.0 5
1.0 � n � 1.5 7
1.5 � n � 2.0 10
2.0 � n � 2.5 9
2.5 � n � 3.0 6
3.0 � n � 3.5 4
3.5 � n � 4.0 4
4.0 � n � 4.5 1
4.5 � n 5.0 1
d 50
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 320 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
2
321
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 566–568)1 a no correlation
b negative correlationc positive correlationd no correlation
2 a negative correlationb
00
1020304050607080
10090
1 2 3 4 5 6
Load carried (kg)
Dis
tanc
e w
alke
d (k
m)
7 8 9 10
c 45 kmd 2 kg
3 a 11b several possible answers, for example:
Mas
s of
car
(kg
)
Length of car (m)
Valu
e of
car
(£)
Age of car (years) Mileage(1000s of miles)
Petr
ol t
ank
capa
city
(litr
es)
c i positive correlation ii negative correlationiii no linear correlation
d i A long low car like a sports car that is light.ii A vintage car that is valuable.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 321 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 5 Scatter diagrams Band f
322
4 a
0012345678
109
1 2 3 4 5 6
Judge 1 scores
Judges’ marks at a flower showJu
dge
2 sc
ores
7 8 9 10
b positive correlation; both judges give similar scores for both candidates.c See diagram above.d 5
5 a
05
10152025303540455055606570758085
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90Assessment 1
Ass
essm
ent
2
b 45
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 322 13/04/16 10:59 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 5 Scatter diagrams Band f
323
Developing fl uency (pages 568–570)1 a
00
102030405060708090
10 20 30 40 50 60
Oral
Comparison of marks in awritten and oral test
Wri
tten
70 80
b positive correlationc 4d See diagram above.
e i 57ii 45
2 a
00
1020304050607080
10 20 30 40 50 60Goals
Goals football teams scored vspoints won
Poin
ts
70 80 90
b positive correlationc See diagram above.
d i 43ii 64
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 323 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 5 Scatter diagrams Band f
324
3 a
00
20406080
100120140160
10 20 30 40 50 60Police officers
Number of police officers vscrime figures in an area
Cri
mes
70 80 90
180200
b 72 police and 177 crimes.c Negative correlation – the more police officers the less crime.d See diagram above.e 105
4 a
160
150150 160
Mother’s height (cm)
Dau
ghte
r’s h
eigh
t (c
m)
170 180
170
180
b Positive correlation; taller mothers have taller daughters. c i The median is the 8th data point you come to, when you look from left to right. This data point has 7 data
points to the left and 7 to the right. The median height of the group of mothers is 163 cm.ii No, her daughter is 161 cm, and the median height of the daughters is 162 cm.
5 a
1200
510152025
125130135140145150Height
Goa
ls
155160165170
Football players’ heights vsnumber of goals scored
b Lorraine, David and Youssu, because they haven’t scored any goals.c No; no correlation
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 324 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 5 Scatter diagrams Band f
325
Problem solving (pages 570–572)1 a
251.51.61.71.81.92.02.12.22.3
2.52.4
26 27 28 29 30 31
Time to run 100 m (s)
Hei
ght
(m)
32 33 34 35
b Slight negative correlationYes, it appears the faster they are at running, the higher they can jump.
c 18.15 sd 2 m. No, it is none of these as there are 16 data items so the middle one is between the 8th and the 9th.e 6
2 Neither statement is valid because if you treat the top value (320, 60) as an outlier then there is negative correlation in the scatter diagram, but Llinos’ statement implies positive correlation and Elfed’s statement implies none.
3 a There is low negative correction correlation, so there is some evidence to support the statement that there is a relationship between the number of hours spent watching television and the exam mark.
b i
Num
ber
of h
ours
spen
t re
visi
ng
Exam
mar
k
Number of hoursspent revising
Number of hoursspent watching TV
ii Yes. As number of hours spent watching TV increases, so exam mark decreases and low exam mark corresponds with fewer hours spent revising. So students who watch more TV spend less time revising.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 325 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 5 Scatter diagrams Band f
326
4 a
056789
10111213
1514
1 2
Engine size (litres)
Dis
tanc
e (k
m)
3
b The graph shows negative correlation, meaning that the larger the engine size, the less distance it can cover on 1 l of diesel.
c See diagram above.d 11.7 km
5 a
0012345678
109
1 2 3 4 5 6
Judge 1
Judg
e 2
7 8 9 10
b Yes – when Judge 1 awards a high mark, then so does Judge 2.c See diagram above.d 4e This could be the case as the scatter diagram suggests the mark should be more and be near the line of best fit, so
perhaps 5 or 6. However, Judge 1 could have over marked the dancer, so either Judge could be inconsistent with their marks for the other contestants.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 326 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 5 Scatter diagrams Band f
327
Reviewing skills (page 572)1 a
00
1020304050607080
10 20 30 40 50 60Age
Age of swimmers vs howmany lengths they can do
Leng
ths
70
b Negative correlation – the older they are, the fewer lengths they can do.c See diagram above.
d i 35ii 40
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 327 13/04/16 11:00 AM
328
2
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (page 575)1 a Least/most fuel consumption: 13.4
31.5. Least/most power: 145
470.
b and c See diagram.
00
–5
5101520253035
100 200 300 400 500 600Power (horsepower)
Power vs Fuel consumption
MPG
700 800
d i The more power a car has, the worse the fuel economy is.ii About 420 horsepower.iii About 13 miles per gallon.
e 3 mpg. The best fit correlates increasing horsepower with lower fuel consumption.
Developing fl uency (pages 576–577)1 D is best – it seems to have half of the points on either side.
B is next best – it seems to split the data fairly evenly, but they’ve forced it through the origin. C is second worst – it doesn’t split the data evenly. A is the worst – they’ve just joined two points and it does not have half the data on either side.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 328 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 6 Using lines of best fi t Band g
329
2 a 1500 vs 100: negative correlation – the faster you are at 100 m, the slower you are at 1500; 1500 vs jump: positive correlation – the further you can jump, the longer it takes to do 1500 m; 100 vs jump: negative correlation – the longer it takes to run 100 m, the shorter distance jumped.
10.6250
270
290
310
330
10.8 11 11.2 11.4 11.6 11.8
100m time (s)
100m time vs 1500m time
1500
m t
ime
(s)
12
350
2504.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
270 290 310 330 350
1500m time (s)
1500m time vs jump distance
Jum
p di
stan
ce (
m)
10.54.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
10.7 10.9 11.1 11.3 11.5 11.7 11.9 12.1
100m time (s)
Jump distance vs 100m time
Jum
p di
stan
ce (
m)
b People who tend to run the 100 m faster are better at long jump, and 1500 m runners aren’t very good at 100 m or long jump.
c Increase the sample size – test more athletes. d i The line of best fit suggests this but it is extrapolating from the data and so the trend may not continue; there
could be a physical limit.ii This goes against the correlation of the data and so is untrue.
3 a It shows a positive correlation.b Correlation doesn’t prove causation so both may be wrong. If either is right, it is more likely to be that doing
well at maths makes you good at science, since science is dependent on maths in a way that maths is not dependent on science.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 329 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 6 Using lines of best fit Band g
330
Problem solving (pages 577–579)1 a
156080
100120140160180200
20 25 30 35Temperature (ºC)
Num
ber
of s
wim
mer
s
b positive correlationc (34, 144) It might have been too hot for some people to go to the beach. Or, it might be a week day when many
people are at work/school.d See diagram above.e 93. Not very accurate as it is beyond the range of the data. It is likely that very few people will swim once the
temperature drops below a certain level.f The graph shows a correlation which is not the same as causality. Both the number of swimmers and the ice
creams sold depend on a 3rd variable – the temperature.2 a
00
25
20
15
10
5
3020 5040 70 9060 80Age
Hou
rs o
f exe
rcis
e
b There is low negative correlation. Older people tend to exercise less. Middle-aged people may be too busy.c The 45 year old who exercises for 15 hours a week is an outlier.d See diagram above.e About 35 years old, but the estimate should be treated with caution as the correlation is fairly weak.f 0 hours. This is unreliable as it is beyond the range of the data, a healthy 72 year old is probably still exercising.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 330 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 6 Using lines of best fi t Band g
331
3 a
300
100200300400500600700
40 50 60 70 80 90
Wingspan (m)
Max
land
ing
mas
s (t
onne
s)
b There is evidence to suggest there is positive correlation because when the values in one set increases the values in the other set increases.
c See diagram above.d Approximately 250 tonnes.e No, as it is well outside the range of values plotted. You should not extrapolate this far outside the range of the
values.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 331 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 6 Using lines of best fit Band g
332
4 a
00
25
20
15
10
5
200100 400300 600 800 900 1000500 700
Mass (g)
Leng
th (
cm)
b and c
00
25
20
15
10
5
200100 400300 600 800 900 1000500 700
Mass (g)
Leng
th (c
m)
d 11.5 cme The estimate would be unreliable as 1 kg is beyond the range of the data. The spring may well break when a mass
of 1 kg is hung from it.f 4.2 cm
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 332 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 2 Draw and interpret statistical diagrams Unit 6 Using lines of best fi t Band g
333
Reviewing skills (page 579)1 a The graph shows negative correlation.
00
30
25
20
15
10
5
800 1000 1200200 400 600 1400Height (m)
A graph to show the temperature at locationswith different heights above sea level
Tem
pera
ture
(ºC
)
b The 27 °C at 580 m could be an outlier. The weather could have been particularly warm there, or it could have been recorded in a location which is generally hotter than the other areas.
c 19 °Cd −150 me The answer to part c is probably quite reliable since it is interpolated within the data range. The answer to part
d is less reliable since it is extrapolating significantly from our data range. Furthermore the answer seems quite improbable which gives us reason to doubt.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 333 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
3
334
Unit 2 Answers
Practising skills (pages 583–584)1 a ‘Exercise’ needs to be defined. Some people will interpret it as playing sport or visiting the gym, others might
include walking the dog as exercise.b It needs to be more specific, maybe asking for the number of hours per week spent exercising.
2 Gareth should ask a number of children what their mathematics test scores were and how often they eat fish in a week. By drawing a graph of amount of fish eaten per week against maths test scores he could see if children who eat fish at least twice a week tend to perform better on tests than those who don’t.
3 MALE FEMALE
Time spent, x hours Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Weekend
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Weekend
0 � x � 0.5
0.5 � x � 1
1 � x � 2
2 � x � 3
x � 3
4 She could measure how much water comes out of the tap over a certain amount of time, say 5 seconds. By doing this a number of times she would be able to see whether the same amount of water came out in that time period or not.
5 All people who work in the factory.6 Tick the box that best describes your opinion of burgers.
I think that burgers are…Good for you Neither good nor bad for you Bad for you It depends on the quality of the burger Don’t know
7 a He has not included the under 16s or over 70s.b He has not specified whether he means per week, per month or per year. The categories all overlap at the ends
(£50, £100, £300, £500 and £1000 are all in two categories).
Developing fl uency (pages 584–585)1 A possible answer:
What is the maximum amount you would pay for a round of sandwiches in the high street to take away?Less than £1£1–£1.49£1.50–£1.99£2–£2.49£2.50–£2.99£3.00–£3.49£3.50 or more
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 334 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Probability Unit 2 Single event probability Band e
335
2 Gill could look at a random sample of music tracks and work out the mean price. By repeating this experiment a number of times she could see whether the mean price is always 69p or not.
3 A possible answer:How many music DVDs did you buy last month?012345 or more
4 Possible criticisms include:The survey is biased as the timing excludes people at work.Question 1 has an error that someone who uses the library twice a month could select the second box or the third box.Question 2 is biased as it asks if people agree, which encourages a ‘Yes’ answer.Question 2 could include a ‘Don’t know’ option or a better range of answers such as very well stocked / quite well stocked / adequately stocked / not very well stocked / very poorly stocked / don’t know.
5 He could test his hypothesis by taking a sample of prisoners, half of which have been taught computer skills and half of which have not and then tracking whether they reoffend after being released. If the numbers of reoffenders are similar then the computer skills make little or no difference. If the number of reoffenders who were taught computer skills is less than those who were not then the prison manager’s hypothesis may be correct.
6 She could ask people who do not go to a gym.She could take the sample only early in the morning.She could ask people who only live in a nearby street, and so on.
7 Height, h cm
x � 140 140 � x � 150 150 � x � 160 160 � x � 170 180 � x � 190 x � 190
Wai
st, w
cm
w � 80
80 � w � 90
90 � w � 100
100 � w � 110
w � 110 170 � x ��180
8 Lily should time how long it takes for sugar to dissolve in different temperatures of water and see if there is a trend of the time taken for the sugar to dissolve decreasing as the temperature increases.
Problem solving (pages 585–586)1 a Yes it is, because sunlight is essential for plants to grow and for the fruit to ripen.
b This could be tested by picking tomatoes at various intervals from a start point and then timing how long it takes them to ripen.
2 a Yes it is, because stress and anxiety around exams can have a negative effect on the body so students may be more likely to get ill.
b Look at the student attendance rates throughout the year and see if they decrease around exam periods.3 Ask a selection of people, half of whom use vitamin C tablets and half of whom do not, how often they get colds. If
those who take the tablets and get colds are fewer than those who don’t take the tablets and get colds then this may indicate that the tablets make a difference.
4 a Has no space for the under 10s or over 30s.b Has overlapping categories; someone who plays 5 or 10 hours a week has a choice of two answers.c Is biased as it assumes that the games should be banned rather than asking if there should be any restriction.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 335 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Probability Unit 2 Single event probability Band e
336
5 Possible questions include:Do tall people weigh more than shorter people?Do women exercise more than men?Are men taller than women?
6 a Martin carried out the survey outside the football ground after a game, so nearly everyone will be a football fan. So they will either support Northfield City or the opposition.
b Question 1 has two categories for 18 and 25 year olds.Question 2 does not include possibilities such as ‘Once a fortnight’.Question 3 uses the word ‘support’ which is very vague.
c
1 How old are you?Under 10 years old 10–18 19–25 26–40 Over 40
2 How often do you attend football matches?Never 1–2 games per season 3–6 games per season 7–12 games per season More than 12 games per season
3 Tick all that apply. Do you:Check Northfield’s progress in the league table? Read reports of Northfield’s matches? Buy a Northfield City shirt? Buy other Northfield merchandise? (Please give details) …………………….
7 He should sample the whole population as he needs to provide sandwiches for all the possible needs if he takes on the entire club. If he takes a sample he may miss out some needs, e.g. vegetarians, gluten free, and so on.
8 They should take a small sample of engines and run them until they break down. They cannot test them all as they will not then have any new engines.
9 Company
A B C D E
Distance Fare Distance Fare Distance Fare Distance Fare Distance Fare
Jour
ney
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 336 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 3 Probability Unit 2 Single event probability Band e
337
Reviewing skills (page 587)1 Number of each format bought in the last month
Age Download (single tracks)
Download (albums)
CD albums Vinyl albums
Under 10
10–16
17–25
26–35
36–50
Over 50
2 a It is carried out outside a supermarket so everyone surveyed will use a supermarket.b It excludes people under 21.
30 year olds fit in two age categories.c Some people will use both. For example they might use a supermarket for a major shop at weekends, but top up
from a local shop during the week.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 337 13/04/16 11:00 AM
338© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
4Unit 2 Answers
Practising skills (pages 591–592)1 a 4
10
b 310
c 110
d 710
e 0
2 a 16
b 16
c 12
d 12
e 56
3 a i 113
ii 126
iii 152
iv 5152
b i 113
ii 126
iii 152
iv 1213
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 338 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 2 Single event probability Band e
339
4 a 112
b 112
c 16
d 16
e 0
f 112
5 a 19
b 19
c 19
d 0
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 339 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 2 Single event probability Band e
340
Developing fl uency (pages 592–593)1 a 1
36
b 110
c 0
2 a i 110
ii 14
b Not fair, Mark should not accept. Jasmine has less probability that her numbers will win, therefore the share of probability in the syndicate is uneven.
3 a 300
b i 34
ii 320
iii 120
iv 3400
v 1400
c No, she could spend up to £400 to win £20.4 a 250
b Number 1 2 3 4 5 6
Probability 725
19125
950
325
26125
350
c multiply the probability by the total number of throws
d i 350
ii 4750
iii 0
5 a 14
b It would mean that there would be 7.5 red counters and 4.5 blue, which is impossible.c 12 (multiples of 12)
6 No. Each time you spin the spinner there is an equal chance of getting a 1, 2, 3 or 4, ie 14
, but in fact you might
actually get, for example, four ones or two twos and two threes. Events do not always work out like theory.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 340 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 2 Single event probability Band e
341
Problem solving (pages 594–595)1 62 a 1
12
b 34
c 16
d 56
3 a 0.3b 9c 0.65
4 a 0.1b 0.4c 0.6
5 a 24 or 12b 14 or 7 toffees, respectively c Luc ate 4 toffees and 0 fudge or Luc ate 3 toffees and 1 fudge, respectively
6 Spinner with 3 red, 2 yellow, 2 blue and 1 green sectors or 4 red, 2 green, 1 blue and 1 yellow sectors
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 341 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 2 Single event probability Band e
342
Reviewing skills (page 595)1 a i 1
8
ii 34
iii 78
iv 0b Equal probability for all outcomes
2 a i 35
ii 35
iii 15
b 13
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 342 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
4
343
Unit 3 Answers
Practising skills (pages 599–600)1 a i 3
10
ii 110
iii 25
iv 15
b Total = 1. These are the only ways that Anwar got the batsmen outc 18
2 a PB, PC, PL, MB, MC, ML, RB, RC, RL, SB, SC, SL b 12. Multiply starter by main course: 4 × 3 = 12
c 112
3 a Red die
� 1 2 3 4 5 6
Blue die
1 1 2 3 4 5 6
2 2 4 6 8 10 12
3 3 6 9 12 15 18
4 4 8 12 16 20 24
5 5 10 15 20 25 30
6 6 12 18 24 30 36
b i 118
ii 136
iii 0iv 1
c Nod square numbers
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 343 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 3 Combined events Band f
344
4 a Green spinner
� 1 2 3 4 5 6
Blue spinner
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
b i 16
ii 0
iii 16
c i 6, 7ii 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19iii 5, 6
5 a 2164
b 3164
c 764
d 4364
e 3364
f 1964
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 344 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 3 Combined events Band f
345
Developing fl uency (pages 600–602)1 a i 1
2
ii 310
iii 320
b In this sample this is true, though it is a small sample and cannot be extrapolated to the whole population of cats.2 a G+B; G+G; G+C; R+B; R+G; R+C; B+B; B+G; B+C; C+B; C+G; C+C
b i 112
ii 16
3 a Bag 1
Bag
2
R R B B B
R RR RR RB RB RB
R RR RR RB RB RB
R RR RR RB RB RB
R RR RR RB RB RB
B RB RB BB BB BB
B RB RB BB BB BB
b i 1630
ii 830
iii 630
4 a
12 15
3 FB
B Backs F Forwards
b i 712
ii 512
c
12
3
1 15
B Backs Forwards
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 345 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 3 Combined events Band f
346
5 a Red spinner
� 1 0 1 0 1Ye
llow
spin
ner 0 1 0 1 0 1
1 2 1 2 1 2
0 1 0 1 0 1
1 2 1 2 1 2
0 1 0 1 0 1
b i 625
ii 1325
iii 625
c Red spinner
� 1 0 1 0 1
Yello
w sp
inne
r 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 0 1 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 0 1 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0
d i 1925
ii 625
iii 0
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 346 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 3 Combined events Band f
347
Problem solving (pages 602–605)1 a 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 1 2 3 4 5 6
2 2 4 6 8 10 12
3 3 6 9 12 15 18
4 4 8 12 16 20 24
5 5 10 15 20 25 30
6 6 12 18 24 30 36
b No, P(odd) = 936
= 0.25, so the game is not fair.
c i 19
ii 512
iii 1318
2 a i 0.885ii 0.0125iii 0.609
b Most employees who were late came by bus, so it is likely that the bus was late that day, which is not the employee’s fault.
3 a Cube Cuboid Cylinder Total
Red 14 40 17 71
Green 21 27 12 60
Blue 23 33 13 69
Total 58 100 42 200
b i 0.5ii 0.355iii 0.115
c i 0.27 ii 0.45
4 a Isobel’s spinner Peter’s spinner
1 1
1 2
1 3
2 1
2 2
2 3
3 1
3 2
3 3
b 49
c They win if their spinner shows the higher number. They draw if both spinners show the same number.
P(win) = 13
, P(draw) = 13
, and P(lose) = 13
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 347 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 3 Combined events Band f
348
5 a i 0.54ii 0.4iii 0.22
b The probability that a women is left-handed is 1127
= 0.41 and the probability that a man is left-handed is
923
= 0.39. As the sample is quite small it is likely that men and women are equally likely to be left-handed.
c i 600ii The estimate is likely to be wrong. The people of one village are more likely to be related and so may share a
genetic tendency to be left-handed. The people in the other villages might not share the same genetic link.6 a
GermanFrench
8
96 40 56
b i 0.68 ii 0.2iii 0.28
7 a i 0.328ii 0.172iii 0.688
b i 1651ii 55 kg
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 348 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 3 Combined events Band f
349
Reviewing skills (page 605)1 a Green die
1 3 3 4 6 6
Blu
e di
e
2 3 5 5 6 8 8
3 4 6 6 7 9 9
4 5 7 7 8 10 10
4 5 7 7 8 10 10
5 6 8 8 9 11 11
5 6 8 8 9 11 11
b i 236
ii 536
iii 436
iv 3036
v 736
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 349 13/04/16 11:00 AM
350© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
4Unit 4 Answers
Practising skills (pages 608–610)1 a 216591 = 72197
b 315 Daily Posts, 142 Gazettes, 365 of The News, 178 Tribunes.2 a i 67
385
ii 215385
= 4377
iii 103385
b Yes, the probability the fault being to do with the power supply is over half.c 870 motherboards, 2792 power supplies and 1338 hard drives.
3 a 0.54, 0.46, 0.5275, 0.486, 0.491, 0.5032.b Yes, because the larger the sample, the closer the relative frequency gets to 0.5, which is what you expect from
an unbiased coin.
4 a i 84189 = 49
ii 72189 = 821
iii 33189 = 1163 b i 3492
ii It probably isn’t that reliable as the sample size was a very small fraction of the population.
5 a Lorry: 1530543572
≈ 0.35; Van: 241143572
≈ 0.055; Bus: 106443572
≈ 0.025; Car: 24 79243572
≈ 0.57.b 5c It may be accurate due to the large sample size used to estimate the probabilities from. However, the sample data
came from just one junction rather than from across the whole city so it might be misrepresentative of the rest of the city.
6 a Total number of throws
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Total number of sixes thrown
4 9 10 12 15 19 22 26 29 32
Relative frequency of throwing a six
410
920
1030
1240
1550
1960
2270
2680
2990
32100
0.4 0.45 0.33 0.3 0.3 0.32 0.31 0.33 0.32 0.32
b
Rel
ativ
e fr
eque
ncy
of t
hrow
ing
a si
x
Total number of throws
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 350 13/04/16 11:00 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 4 Estimating probability Band f
351
c The probability of throwing a six seems to settle around 0.32 so the probability of not throwing a six is 1 – 0.32 = 0.68.
d With a fair six-sided die each number has a one in six chance of coming up. The probability of Wyn throwing a six is nearly double that, so it seems like his die is not fair.
Developing fl uency (pages 611–613)1 a i 12
40 = 310
ii 1840
= 920
iii 1040
= 14
b 4 red, 5 blue and 3 green. She can make it more reliable by picking out more balls (increasing her sample size).
2 a i 4287
ii 2987
iii 1687
b Yes, we can estimate that there would be 413 students who want to change it.
3 a i 2240 = 1120
ii 1840
= 920
b 29 males, 23 females
4 a i 12
ii 1420
iii 620
b Different probabilities.c Take more samples.
5 a None of them should be right. Sara might be the closest but if it’s a fair die you would expect to roll a six one time in six, rather than one in three.
b i We can’t tell for definite from only 20 throws since the sample size is too small.ii It doesn’t seem to be; 15 times in 100 is nearly the same as 1 in 6.
c Increase the sample size.6 No. Each time he tosses the coin it has a 50 : 50 chance of being a head.7 a i 3
35ii 430
= 215
iii 757
b i Len’s.ii It’s a sentence which uses every letter in the alphabet.
c Take the average over more sentences.d 12. There are in fact 12 Es in a standard Scrabble set.
8 Ask 20% of 3000 = 600 supporters.
20% = 20100 = 15, meaning to ask 1 in every 5 supporters, so asking every 5th supporter.
(Check 600 × 5 = 3000 supporters)9 For example, record the weather data on the 5th of each month.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 351 13/04/16 11:01 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 4 Estimating probability Band f
352
Problem solving (pages 613–616)1 a i 240
275 = 4855
ii 9275
iii 259275
b 5452 a 0.3, 0.35, 0.15
b The one using the sample size of 100 because of the larger sample size.c 300
3 a about 0.35b 658
4 a i 60ii 38
b 90c 0.6
5 For every 8 tickets they sell they make £1.60 but are likely to lose £1.00 from that, meaning every 8 tickets makes on average £0.60. Hence to make £120 they would need to sell 1600 tickets.
6 a 0.4 as the three results with the largest sample size are clustered around the 0.4 mark.b She would make 48 × £0.08 = £3.84.c She would make 9 × £3.50 = £31.50 before refunds. Assuming from part a that 40%, i.e. 360, of the parsnips are
oversized that means that she will refund 360 × £0.03 = £10.80. Therefore she will make 31.50 − 10.80 = £20.70.7 a i 0.025
ii 0.35iii 0.125
b i 38ii 25
c Too high – Mr Thomas’ prediction is based on his sample of year 9s who have developed more physically than year 7s, so the year 7s probably won’t do quite as well.
Reviewing skills (page 616)1 a i 0.1
ii 0.075iii 0.025
b 3c It probably won’t be that accurate because people might know that it is busier and so turn up earlier than at the
smaller, quieter surgery.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 352 13/04/16 11:01 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
4
353
Unit 5 Answers
Practising skills (pages 620–622)1 a 16
b 16
c 16
d 16
e 162 a
16
56
56
16
16
6
Not6
6
Not6
6
Not6
b 136
c 2536
d 1136
e 1036
3 a 452
b 451
c 450
d 349
4 a 112
b 512
c 112
d 512
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 353 13/04/16 11:01 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 5 The multiplication rule Band h
354
5 a
712
512
411
711
511
611
Red Red
Red Blue
Blue Red
Blue Blue
712
611
42132× =
712
511
35132× =
512
411
20132× =
512
711
35132× =
b
712
512
512
712
512
712
Red Red
Red Blue
RedBlue
BlueBlue
712
712 × =
49144
712
512
35144× =
512
512
25144× =
512
712
35144× =
6 a 49b There are 3 red and 5 yellow counters left in the bag.
c i 27
ii 57
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 354 13/04/16 11:01 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 5 The multiplication rule Band h
355
Developing fl uency (pages 622–624)1 a
1329
1629
1528
1328
1628
1228
Boy
Girl
Boy
Girl
Boy
Girl
i 240812
ii 156812
iii 572812
iv 416812
2 a independentb independentc dependentd independent
3 a i 18
ii 16
b i 18
ii 16
c 18
d independent4 a
0.6
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.25
0.75Catch
Drop
Catch
Drop
Catch
Drop
b i 0.2ii 0.35iii 0.45
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 355 13/04/16 11:01 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 5 The multiplication rule Band h
356
5 a 1 – 0.05 = 0.95b 1 – 0.4 = 0.6c 0.4 × 0.05 = 0.02d 1 – (0.95 × 0.6) = 0.43
6 It is not impossible – each time James tossed the coin it had a 12
chance of being a head, it just never landed on heads.
Problem solving (pages 624–625)1 a
720
1320
1320
720
1320
720
Red
Blue
Red
Blue
Red
Blue
i 169400
ii 49400
iii 182400
iv 351400
2 a 415
b 215
c 13
3 a 114
× 113
= 1182
b 148
4 a Yes, because 0.3 × 0.8 = 0.24 and 625
= 24100
= 0.24.b 0.62
5 a 31220
or 0.14
b Yes. It is expected that Naela’s train will be late 30% of the time when it’s raining, but it might not have been late at all!
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 356 13/04/16 11:01 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 5 The multiplication rule Band h
357
6 a
710
310
29
79
39
69
Works
Faulty
Works
Faulty
Works
Faulty
38
Works
Faulty
28
68
Works
Faulty
28
68
Works
Faulty
18
78
Works
Faulty
b i 1120
ii 740
iii 2140
iv 724
c There is a 119120
chance that at least one bulb will work and 70% chance that at least two will.
7 a 715
b 8 – assuming he doesn’t put the socks back into the drawer, if he pulled out 6 blue socks in a row then all that are left are red socks.
8 a First attempt Second attempt Third attempt Fourth attempt Fifth attempt Probability
Red
BlueRed
BlueRed
BlueRed
BlueRed
Blue
1515151515
1
15
14
34
13
122
312
45
b Each of the outcomes is just as likely as any other. The total of the probabilities tells us that there are no other options in outcomes, since they add to 1.
c Instead of the probabilities changing as counters are removed they will stay the same at 15 for a red and 4
5 for a
blue.
d 21013125
≈ 0.67
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 357 13/04/16 11:02 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 5 The multiplication rule Band h
358
Reviewing skills (page 626)1 a 2
21 ≈ 0.095
b 921
≈ 0.43
c 1021
≈ 0.475
d 1921
≈ 0.905
2 a
0.2
0.8
0.9
0.1
0.85
0.15Rain
Fine
Rain
Fine
Rain
Fine
b 1 − (0.2 × 0.15) = 0.97
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 358 13/04/16 11:02 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
4
359
Unit 6 Answers
Practising skills (pages 629–631)1 a 3
15b 215
c 13
2 a 160
b 7300
c 125
3 a 57600
= 19200
b 325
c 129600
= 43200
d 471600
= 157200
4 a 13
b 13
c 23
5 a
Football:21
None:8
10 Rugby:11
b 1150
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 359 13/04/16 11:02 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 6 The addition rule Band f
360
6 a
11 7
Own a cat Own a dog None
84
b i 1230 = 25
ii 430
= 215
iii 2330
iv 730
7 a
Multiple of 3Multiple of 2
1
5
7
11
13
15
3
9
612
10
814
2
4
b i 715
ii 13
iii 215
iv 23
v 13
Developing fl uency (pages 631–632)1 a 1
4b 34
c 34
d 852
= 213
e 4452
= 1113
2 The events sun and rain are not mutually exclusive.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 360 13/04/16 11:02 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 6 The addition rule Band f
361
3 a Wears glasses total: 7. Does not wear glasses total: 22. b i 12
29ii 1529
iii 1329
iv 1029
v 0
4 a 23
b 13
5 a
Odd number4 10 14 8 12
Factor of 18
15
75
1917
1311
13
9
16
20
26
18
b i 12
ii 520
iii 320
iv 920
v 820
6 a
20
44
12 4
W B
All dogs (80)
W = dogs with weak hipsB = dogs with bad eyesight
b Estimated probability = 2080 = 14.It is an estimate because this is based on a sample not on all the dogs of the breed.
c i In the general formula the sets are A and B. Here they are W and B.
p(W) = 3280, p(B) = 2480, p(W and B) = 2080 p(W or B) = p(W) + p(B) – p(W and B)
= 32802480
2080
3680
+ + + = 0.45
ii Using the Venn diagram: the number of dogs with one or more defect is 12 + 20 + 4 = 36. So the probability is 3680
= 0.45. You get the same answer both ways of course.
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 361 13/04/16 11:03 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 6 The addition rule Band f
362
Problem solving (pages 633–634)1 a
Medicine X:36 Placebo: 24
Medicine Y:25
15
b P(neither medicine) = 24100
2 a
Swimmingpool: 70 Neither: 1
Gym: 1910
b 19100
c 89100
3 a
Bags:65%
Neither:10%
Loyaltycard: 10%
15%
b i 0.1ii 0.65iii 0.9iv 0.1
4 a 512
b 34
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 362 13/04/16 11:03 AM
© Hodder & Stoughton Ltd 2015
Strand 4 Probability Unit 6 The addition rule Band f
363
5 a and b Correct diagram:
Chemistry: 8 Biology: 31
5314
Physics: 6
c 2380
d Neither; only half of the students do one or more science so the probability of choosing one who takes science is 12
.
Reviewing skills (page 634)1 a i 1
2ii 12
iii 56
b The events ‘even’ and ‘3 or less’ are not mutually exclusive as ‘2’ is both even and less than 3.2 a Correct diagram:
History:8
Neither:2
Geography:15
5
b 2330
9781471856211_WJEC_Maths_Intermediate.indb 363 13/04/16 11:03 AM